icfi-10k_20191231.htm
0001362004 --12-31 Large Accelerated Filer 1305000000 2019 FY false P1Y P10Y true true true 2021 2029 2016 2018 2015 2018 0.00 0.152 1305000000 P3Y 2029 2021 2018 2016 2018 2015 0.152 0.00 P3Y P5Y1M6D P0Y P1Y7M6D P1Y8M12D P4M24D P1Y6M 21.77 P1Y3M18D 25.01 P2Y2M12D 27.01 P3Y2M12D 40.01 P4Y2M12D 21.77 P3Y9M18D 25.00 27.00 40.00 41.00 41.00 0001362004 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 xbrli:shares 0001362004 2020-02-21 iso4217:USD 0001362004 2019-06-30 0001362004 2019-12-31 0001362004 2018-12-31 iso4217:USD xbrli:shares 0001362004 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2016-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2016-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2016-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:TreasuryStockMember 2016-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2016-12-31 0001362004 2016-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:TreasuryStockMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:TreasuryStockMember 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2017-12-31 0001362004 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:TreasuryStockMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:TreasuryStockMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:TreasuryStockMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:TreasuryStockMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:CashSettledRSUsMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 icfi:Office 0001362004 country:US srt:MinimumMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:NonUsMember srt:MinimumMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 srt:MinimumMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 srt:MaximumMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 icfi:Segment 0001362004 srt:MinimumMember us-gaap:OtherAssetsMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:OtherAssetsMember srt:MaximumMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:FederalGovernmentAgenciesAndDepartmentsMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:FederalGovernmentAgenciesAndDepartmentsMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:FederalGovernmentAgenciesAndDepartmentsMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 xbrli:pure 0001362004 icfi:FederalGovernmentAgenciesAndDepartmentsMember us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMember us-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:FederalGovernmentAgenciesAndDepartmentsMember us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMember us-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:FederalGovernmentAgenciesAndDepartmentsMember us-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMember us-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 icfi:InternationalClientsMember us-gaap:GeographicConcentrationRiskMember us-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:InternationalClientsMember us-gaap:GeographicConcentrationRiskMember us-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:InternationalClientsMember us-gaap:GeographicConcentrationRiskMember us-gaap:SalesRevenueNetMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:PropertyPlantAndEquipmentMember icfi:InternationalMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:PropertyPlantAndEquipmentMember icfi:InternationalMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccountingStandardsUpdate201602Member srt:RestatementAdjustmentMember 2019-01-01 0001362004 us-gaap:AccountingStandardsUpdate201602Member 2019-01-01 0001362004 us-gaap:AccountingStandardsUpdate201602Member srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember 2019-01-01 0001362004 us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:SoftwareAndSoftwareDevelopmentCostsMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:SoftwareAndSoftwareDevelopmentCostsMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:ComputerEquipmentMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:ComputerEquipmentMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:TheFutureCustomerMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:DMSDisasterConsultantsMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:DMSDisasterConsultantsMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:VistaLimitedMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:VistaLimitedMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:OlsonMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 srt:WeightedAverageMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 srt:WeightedAverageMember us-gaap:CustomerRelationshipsMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 srt:WeightedAverageMember us-gaap:TechnologyBasedIntangibleAssetsMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:CustomerRelatedIntangibleAssetsMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:DevelopedTechnologyRightsMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:CustomerRelatedIntangibleAssetsMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:DevelopedTechnologyRightsMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:SellingGeneralAndAdministrativeExpensesMember 2019-04-01 2019-06-30 0001362004 srt:MaximumMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:RealEstateFacilitiesMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:OfficeEquipmentMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:OtherMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 srt:MinimumMember 2019-12-31 icfi:Bank 0001362004 2017-05-17 0001362004 2017-05-16 2017-05-17 0001362004 us-gaap:FederalFundsEffectiveSwapRateMember 2017-05-16 2017-05-17 0001362004 us-gaap:LondonInterbankOfferedRateLIBORMember srt:MinimumMember 2017-05-16 2017-05-17 0001362004 us-gaap:LondonInterbankOfferedRateLIBORMember srt:MaximumMember 2017-05-16 2017-05-17 0001362004 us-gaap:LondonInterbankOfferedRateLIBORMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 srt:MinimumMember 2017-05-16 2017-05-17 0001362004 srt:MaximumMember 2017-05-16 2017-05-17 0001362004 us-gaap:LineOfCreditMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:LineOfCreditMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:LineOfCreditMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:LineOfCreditMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:EnergyEnvironmentalAndInfrastructureMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:EnergyEnvironmentalAndInfrastructureMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:EnergyEnvironmentalAndInfrastructureMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 icfi:HealthEducationAndSocialProgramsMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:HealthEducationAndSocialProgramsMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:HealthEducationAndSocialProgramsMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 icfi:SafetyAndSecurityMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:SafetyAndSecurityMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:SafetyAndSecurityMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 icfi:ConsumerAndFinancialMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:ConsumerAndFinancialMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:ConsumerAndFinancialMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 icfi:USFederalGovernmentMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:USFederalGovernmentMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:USFederalGovernmentMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 icfi:USStateAndLocalGovernmentMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:USStateAndLocalGovernmentMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:USStateAndLocalGovernmentMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 icfi:InternationalGovernmentMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:InternationalGovernmentMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:InternationalGovernmentMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 icfi:USStateAndInternationalGovernmentMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:USStateAndInternationalGovernmentMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:USStateAndInternationalGovernmentMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 icfi:CommercialMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:CommercialMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:CommercialMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:TimeAndMaterialsContractMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:TimeAndMaterialsContractMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:TimeAndMaterialsContractMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:FixedPriceContractMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:FixedPriceContractMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:FixedPriceContractMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 icfi:CostBasedContractMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:CostBasedContractMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:CostBasedContractMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 2020-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 2020-01-01 srt:MinimumMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 2020-01-01 srt:MaximumMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:CashFlowHedgingMember us-gaap:DesignatedAsHedgingInstrumentMember us-gaap:InterestRateSwapMember 2016-09-30 0001362004 us-gaap:CashFlowHedgingMember us-gaap:DesignatedAsHedgingInstrumentMember us-gaap:InterestRateSwapMember 2017-08-31 0001362004 us-gaap:CashFlowHedgingMember us-gaap:DesignatedAsHedgingInstrumentMember us-gaap:InterestRateSwapMember 2018-08-08 0001362004 us-gaap:CashFlowHedgingMember us-gaap:DesignatedAsHedgingInstrumentMember icfi:InterestRateSwapTwoPointEightFiveOneZeroPercentMember 2018-08-08 0001362004 us-gaap:CashFlowHedgingMember us-gaap:DesignatedAsHedgingInstrumentMember us-gaap:InterestRateSwapMember 2016-09-29 2016-09-30 0001362004 us-gaap:CashFlowHedgingMember us-gaap:DesignatedAsHedgingInstrumentMember us-gaap:InterestRateSwapMember 2017-08-30 2017-08-31 0001362004 us-gaap:CashFlowHedgingMember us-gaap:DesignatedAsHedgingInstrumentMember us-gaap:InterestRateSwapMember 2018-08-07 2018-08-08 0001362004 us-gaap:CashFlowHedgingMember us-gaap:DesignatedAsHedgingInstrumentMember icfi:InterestRateSwapTwoPointEightFiveOneZeroPercentMember 2018-08-07 2018-08-08 0001362004 us-gaap:InterestRateSwapMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:InterestRateSwapMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:StateAndLocalJurisdictionMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:StateAndLocalJurisdictionMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:ForeignCountryMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:ForeignCountryMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:DomesticCountryMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:DomesticCountryMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:StateAndLocalJurisdictionMember us-gaap:EarliestTaxYearMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:StateAndLocalJurisdictionMember us-gaap:LatestTaxYearMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:ForeignCountryMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:InternalRevenueServiceIRSMember us-gaap:EarliestTaxYearMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:InternalRevenueServiceIRSMember us-gaap:LatestTaxYearMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:StateAndForeignJurisdictionsMember us-gaap:EarliestTaxYearMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:StateAndForeignJurisdictionsMember us-gaap:LatestTaxYearMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedTranslationAdjustmentMember 2016-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedGainLossNetCashFlowHedgeParentMember 2016-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedTranslationAdjustmentMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 icfi:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeLossCumulativeChangesInFairValueOnDerivativeDesignatedFromCashFlowHedgesEffectNetOfTaxMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedGainLossNetCashFlowHedgeParentMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedTranslationAdjustmentMember 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedGainLossNetCashFlowHedgeParentMember 2017-12-31 0001362004 icfi:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeLossCumulativeChangesInFairValueOnDerivativeDesignatedFromCashFlowHedgesEffectNetOfTaxMember 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedTranslationAdjustmentMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeLossCumulativeChangesInFairValueOnDerivativeDesignatedFromCashFlowHedgesEffectNetOfTaxMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedGainLossNetCashFlowHedgeParentMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedTranslationAdjustmentMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedGainLossNetCashFlowHedgeParentMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeLossCumulativeChangesInFairValueOnDerivativeDesignatedFromCashFlowHedgesEffectNetOfTaxMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedTranslationAdjustmentMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeLossCumulativeChangesInFairValueOnDerivativeDesignatedFromCashFlowHedgesEffectNetOfTaxMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedGainLossNetCashFlowHedgeParentMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedTranslationAdjustmentMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:AccumulatedGainLossNetCashFlowHedgeParentMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeLossCumulativeChangesInFairValueOnDerivativeDesignatedFromCashFlowHedgesEffectNetOfTaxMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:OmnibusPlanMember 2018-04-03 2018-04-04 0001362004 icfi:OmnibusPlanMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:OmnibusPlanMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:NonemployeeDirectOrAwardsMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:PerformanceSharesMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:CashSettledRSUsMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:NonemployeeDirectOrAwardsMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:PerformanceSharesMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 icfi:CashSettledRSUsMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 icfi:NonemployeeDirectOrAwardsMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:PerformanceSharesMember 2017-01-01 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:CashSettledRSUsMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:NonemployeeDirectOrAwardsMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:PerformanceSharesMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember srt:MinimumMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember srt:MaximumMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember 2016-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:PriceRange1Member 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:PriceRange2Member 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:PriceRange3Member 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:PriceRange4Member 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:PriceRange1Member 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:PriceRange2Member 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:PriceRange3Member 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:PriceRange4Member 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember srt:MinimumMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember srt:MaximumMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember 2016-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:CashSettledRSUsMember srt:MinimumMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:CashSettledRSUsMember srt:MaximumMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:CashSettledRSUsMember 2016-12-31 0001362004 icfi:CashSettledRSUsMember 2017-12-31 0001362004 icfi:CashSettledRSUsMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:NonemployeeDirectOrAwardsMember icfi:OmnibusPlanMember 2018-01-01 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:NonemployeeDirectOrAwardsMember icfi:OmnibusPlanMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:NonemployeeDirectOrAwardsMember icfi:OmnibusPlanMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:NonemployeeDirectOrAwardsMember icfi:OmnibusPlanMember 2019-12-31 icfi:PerformancePeriod 0001362004 us-gaap:PerformanceSharesMember 2015-01-01 2015-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:PerformanceSharesMember 2016-01-01 2016-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:PerformanceSharesMember 2016-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:PerformanceSharesMember 2017-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:PerformanceSharesMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 2017-11-04 0001362004 us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Member us-gaap:ForwardContractsMember us-gaap:PrepaidExpensesAndOtherCurrentAssetsMember us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:ForwardContractsMember us-gaap:PrepaidExpensesAndOtherCurrentAssetsMember us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Member icfi:DeferredCompensationInvestmentsInCashSurrenderLifeInsuranceMember us-gaap:OtherNoncurrentAssetsMember us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:DeferredCompensationInvestmentsInCashSurrenderLifeInsuranceMember us-gaap:OtherNoncurrentAssetsMember us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Member us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Member icfi:DeferredCompensationPlanLiabilitiesMember us-gaap:OtherNoncurrentLiabilitiesMember us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 icfi:DeferredCompensationPlanLiabilitiesMember us-gaap:OtherNoncurrentLiabilitiesMember us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Member us-gaap:InterestRateSwapMember us-gaap:OtherNoncurrentLiabilitiesMember us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:InterestRateSwapMember us-gaap:OtherNoncurrentLiabilitiesMember us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2019-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Member icfi:DeferredCompensationInvestmentsInCashSurrenderLifeInsuranceMember us-gaap:OtherNoncurrentAssetsMember us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:DeferredCompensationInvestmentsInCashSurrenderLifeInsuranceMember us-gaap:OtherNoncurrentAssetsMember us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Member icfi:DeferredCompensationPlanLiabilitiesMember us-gaap:OtherNoncurrentLiabilitiesMember us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:DeferredCompensationPlanLiabilitiesMember us-gaap:OtherNoncurrentLiabilitiesMember us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Member us-gaap:InterestRateSwapMember us-gaap:OtherNoncurrentLiabilitiesMember us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:InterestRateSwapMember us-gaap:OtherNoncurrentLiabilitiesMember us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Member icfi:ContingentLiabilityRelatedToAcquisitionMember icfi:AccruedExpensesAndOtherCurrentLiabilitiesMember us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:ContingentLiabilityRelatedToAcquisitionMember icfi:AccruedExpensesAndOtherCurrentLiabilitiesMember us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Member us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Member us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember 2018-12-31 0001362004 icfi:RoadHomeContractMember 2016-06-10 2016-06-10 0001362004 icfi:OCDVsICFEmergencyMember 2016-06-10 2016-06-10 0001362004 us-gaap:SubsequentEventMember icfi:ITGMember 2020-01-13 0001362004 us-gaap:SubsequentEventMember icfi:ITGMember 2020-01-13 2020-01-13 0001362004 us-gaap:SubsequentEventMember icfi:ITGMember 2020-01-31 0001362004 us-gaap:InterestRateSwapMember us-gaap:CashFlowHedgingMember us-gaap:DesignatedAsHedgingInstrumentMember us-gaap:SubsequentEventMember 2020-02-20 0001362004 us-gaap:InterestRateSwapMember us-gaap:CashFlowHedgingMember us-gaap:DesignatedAsHedgingInstrumentMember us-gaap:SubsequentEventMember 2020-02-19 2020-02-20 0001362004 us-gaap:SubsequentEventMember 2020-02-27 2020-02-27 0001362004 us-gaap:SubsequentEventMember 2020-02-27 0001362004 2019-01-01 2019-03-31 0001362004 2019-04-01 2019-06-30 0001362004 2019-07-01 2019-09-30 0001362004 2019-10-01 2019-12-31 0001362004 2018-01-01 2018-03-31 0001362004 2018-04-01 2018-06-30 0001362004 2018-07-01 2018-09-30 0001362004 2018-10-01 2018-12-31

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Form 10-K

 

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019

 

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Transition Period From             to

 

 

Commission File Number: 001-33045

 

ICF INTERNATIONAL, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

 

22-3661438

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

 

9300 Lee Highway

Fairfax, VA

 

22031

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

(703) 934-3000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbols(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.001 par value

ICFI

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

 

Smaller reporting company

 

 

 

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Ex-change Act.   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes      No  

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $1,305 million based upon the closing price per share of $72.80, as quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 30, 2019. Shares of the outstanding common stock held by each executive officer and director have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

As of February 21, 2020, 18,852,951 shares of the Registrant’s common stock, $0.001 par value, were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Part III incorporates information by reference from the Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders expected to be held in May 2020.

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

PART I

4

 

 

ITEM 1.

 

Business

4

 

 

 

 

ITEM 1A.

 

Risk Factors

16

 

 

 

 

ITEM 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

28

 

 

 

 

ITEM 2.

 

Properties

28

 

 

 

 

ITEM 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

28

 

 

 

 

ITEM 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

28

 

 

 

 

 

PART II

29

 

 

ITEM 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

29

 

 

 

 

ITEM 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

32

 

 

 

 

ITEM 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

33

 

 

 

 

ITEM 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

50

 

 

 

 

ITEM 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

50

 

 

 

 

ITEM 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

50

 

 

 

 

ITEM 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

51

 

 

 

 

ITEM 9B.

 

Other Information

51

 

 

 

 

 

PART III

52

 

 

ITEM 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

52

 

 

 

 

ITEM 11.

 

Executive Compensation

52

 

 

 

 

ITEM 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

52

 

 

 

 

ITEM 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

52

 

 

 

 

ITEM 14.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

52

 

 

 

 

 

PART IV

53

 

 

ITEM 15.

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

53

 

2


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitute forward-looking statements as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “should,” “will,” “would,” or similar words. You should read statements that contain these words carefully. The risk factors described in Item 1A of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K captioned “Risk Factors,” or otherwise described in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), as well as any cautionary language in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, provide examples of risks, uncertainties, and events that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to:

 

Our dependence on contracts with United States (“U.S.”) federal, state and local, and international governments, agencies and departments for the majority of our revenue;

 

Changes in federal government budgeting and spending priorities;

 

Failure by Congress or other governmental bodies to approve budgets and debt ceiling increases in a timely fashion and related reductions in government spending;

 

Failure of the Administration and Congress to agree on spending priorities, which may result in temporary shutdowns of non-essential federal functions, including our work to support such functions;

 

Results of routine and non-routine government audits and investigations;

 

Dependence of our commercial work on certain sectors of the global economy that are highly cyclical;

 

Failure to receive the full amount of our backlog;

 

Difficulties in integrating acquisitions generally;

 

Risks resulting from expanding our service offerings and client base;

 

The lawsuit filed by the State of Louisiana seeking approximately $220.2 million in alleged overpayments from the Road Home contract; and

 

Additional risks as a result of having international operations.

Our forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management and the information available to our management at the time these disclosures were prepared. Although we believe the expectations reflected in these statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements, even if our situation changes in the future.

The terms “we,” “our,” “us,” and “the Company,” as used throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, refer to ICF International, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated. The term “federal” or “federal government” refers to the U.S. federal government, and “state and local” or “state and local government” refers to U.S. state (including U.S. territories) and local governments, unless otherwise indicated.

 

3


PART I

 

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

COMPANY OVERVIEW

We provide professional services and technology-based solutions to government and commercial clients, including management, marketing, technology, and policy consulting and implementation services. We help our clients conceive, develop, implement, and improve solutions that address complex business, natural resource, social, technological, and public safety issues. Our services primarily support clients that operate in four key markets:

 

Energy, Environment, and Infrastructure;

 

Health, Education, and Social Programs;

 

Safety and Security; and

 

Consumer and Financial.

We provide services across these four markets that deliver value throughout the entire life cycle of a policy, program, project, or initiative. Our primary services include:

 

Advisory Services. We research critical policy, industry, and stakeholder issues, trends, and behavior. We measure and evaluate results and their impact and, based on those assessments, provide strategic planning and advice to our clients on how to navigate societal, market, business, communication, and technology challenges.

 

Program Implementation Services. We identify, define, and implement policies, plans, programs, and business tools that make our clients’ organizations more effective and efficient. Our comprehensive, end-to-end solutions are implemented through a wide range of standard and customized methodologies designed to match our clients’ business context.

 

Analytics Services. We conduct survey research and collect and analyze wide varieties and large volumes of data to understand critical issues and options for our clients and provide actionable business intelligence. We provide information and data management solutions that allow for integrated, purpose-driven data usage.

 

Digital Services. We design, develop, and implement cutting-edge technology systems and business tools that are key to our clients’ mission or business performance, and include solutions to optimize the customer and citizen experience for our clients. We provide cybersecurity solutions that support the full range of cybersecurity missions and protect evolving IT infrastructures in the face of relentless threats, and we modernize IT systems core to our clients’ operations.  

 

Engagement Services. We inform and engage our clients’ constituents, customers, and employees to drive behavior and outcomes through public relations, branding and marketing, multichannel and strategic communications, and reputation issues management. Our engagement services frequently rely on our digital design and implementation skills, such as web and app development.

We perform work for both government and commercial clients. Our government clients include U.S. federal agencies, state and local governments, as well as governments outside the U.S. Our commercial clients include both U.S. and international clients. Our clients utilize our services because we offer a combination of deep subject matter expertise, technical solutions, and institutional experience which ensures that our solutions are beneficial. We believe that our domain expertise and the program knowledge developed from our advisory engagements further position us to provide our full suite of services.

We report operating results and financial data in one operating and reportable segment. We generated revenue of $1,478.5 million, $1,338.0 million, and $1,229.2 million in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. Our total backlog was approximately $2,402.7 million, $2,377.7 million, and $1,950.4 million as of December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

As of December 31, 2019, we had more than 7,000 full and part-time employees around the globe, including many recognized as thought leaders in their respective fields. We serve clients globally from our headquarters in the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area, our more than 75 regional offices throughout the U.S., and more than 15 offices outside the U.S., including offices in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), Belgium, China, India and Canada.

 

4


OUR COMPANY INFORMATION

ICF International, Inc. began as a Delaware limited liability company formed in 1999 under the name ICF Consulting Group Holdings, LLC. It was formed to purchase our principal operating subsidiary, which was founded in 1969, from a larger services organization. A number of our current senior managers participated in this transaction, along with private equity investors. We converted to a Delaware corporation in 2003 and changed our name to ICF International, Inc. in 2006. We completed our initial public offering in September 2006.

Our principal executive office is located at 9300 Lee Highway, Fairfax, Virginia 22031, and our telephone number is (703) 934-3000. We maintain an internet website at www.icf.com. We make available our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and other information related to us, free of charge, on this site as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file those documents with, or otherwise furnish them to, the SEC. Our internet website and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not intended to be incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy, and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

MARKET OPPORTUNITY, SERVICES, AND SOLUTIONS

Complex, long-term market factors, which include geopolitical, environmental and demographic trends, are changing the way people live and the way government and industry operate and interact. Some of these factors have significant impacts on the markets in which our clients operate.

In addition to these market-based factors, developments across all of our markets are increasing the demand for advisory services that drive our business. These trends include increased government focus on efficiency and mission performance management; generational changes; the emphasis on transparency and accountability; and an increased demand for combining domain knowledge of client mission and programs with innovative technology-enabled solutions. We see growth opportunities for technology-based solutions involving digital services and strategic communications across all of our markets.

We believe that demand for our services will continue as government, industry, and other stakeholders seek to understand and respond to these and other factors. We expect that our government clients will continue to utilize professional services firms with relevant domain expertise to assist with designing new programs, enhancing existing ones, offering transformational solutions, and deploying innovative information and communications technology. In addition, commercial organizations affected by these programs will need to understand such changes, as well as their implications, in order for them to plan appropriately. More broadly, we believe our commercial clients will demand innovative services and solutions that can help them connect with customers and stakeholders in an increasingly connected and crowded marketplace. We also see opportunity to further leverage our digital and client engagement capabilities across our commercial and government client base.  We believe that our institutional knowledge and subject matter expertise are a distinct competitive advantage in providing our clients with practical, innovative solutions, which are directly applicable to their mission or business, and deploying them quickly with the right resources. Moreover, we believe we will be able to leverage the domain expertise and program knowledge we have developed through advisory assignments and our experience with program management, technology-based solutions, and engagement projects to win larger engagements, which generally lead to increasing returns on business development investment and promote higher employee utilization.  Rapid changes in technology, including the omnipresent influence of mobile, social, and cloud technologies, also demand new ways of communicating, evaluating and implementing programs, and we are focused on leveraging our expertise in technology to capitalize on those changes.

Our future results will depend on the success of our strategy to capitalize on our competitive strengths, including our success in maintaining our long-standing client relationships, to seek larger engagements across the program life cycle and to complete and successfully integrate strategic acquisitions. We will continue to focus on building scale in vertical and horizontal domain expertise; developing business with both our government and commercial clients; and replicating our business model geographically in selected regions of the world. In doing so, we will continue to evaluate strategic acquisition opportunities that enhance our subject matter knowledge, broaden our service offerings, and/or provide scale in specific geographies.

5


While we continue to see favorable long-term market opportunities, there are certain near-term challenges facing all government service providers. Administrative and legislative actions by governments to address changing priorities could have a negative impact on our business, which may result in a reduction to our revenue and profit and adversely affect cash flow. However, we believe we are well positioned to provide a broad range of services in support of initiatives that will continue to be priorities to the federal government as well as to state and local and international governments and commercial clients.

Our portfolio includes a sizable amount of federal client work and we take active measures to minimize the impact of any federal government shutdown on our performance and our people. Past government shutdowns have not had a material impact on our performance, and federal government funding overall is relatively secure for the remainder of 2020. However, a federal government shutdown of any length is highly unpredictable for our impacted employees, for our clients, and for us as a company and, in the event of any future shutdowns, we cannot predict the impact on us or our operations.

Energy, Environment, and Infrastructure

For decades, we have advised on energy and environmental issues, including the impact of human activity on natural resources, and have helped develop solutions for infrastructure-related challenges. In addition to addressing government policy and regulation in these areas, our work focuses on industries that are affected by these policies and regulations, particularly those industries most heavily involved in the use and delivery of energy. Significant factors affecting suppliers, users, and regulators of energy are driving private and public sector demand for professional services firms, including:

 

Changing power markets, increasingly diverse sources of supply including distributed energy resources and an increased demand for alternative sources of energy and/or energy storage;

 

The changing role of the U.S. in the world’s energy markets;

 

Ongoing efforts to upgrade energy infrastructure to meet new power, transmission, environmental, and cybersecurity requirements and to enable more distributed forms of generation;

 

Changing public policy and regulations surrounding the modernization of and investment in an upgraded energy infrastructure, including new business models that may accompany those changes; and

 

The need to manage energy demand and increase efficient energy use in an era of environmental concerns, especially regarding carbon and other emissions.

We assist energy enterprises worldwide in their efforts to analyze, develop, and implement strategies related to their business operations and the interrelationships of those operations with the environment and applicable government regulations. We utilize our policy expertise, deep industry knowledge, and proprietary modeling tools to advise government and commercial clients on key topics related to electric power, traditional fuels, and renewable sources of energy. Our areas of expertise include power market analysis and modeling, transmissions analysis, electric system reliability standards, energy asset valuation and due diligence, regulatory and litigation support, fuels market analysis, air regulatory strategy, and renewable energy and green power.

We also assist commercial and government clients in designing, implementing, and evaluating demand side management programs, both for residential and for commercial and industrial sectors. Utility companies must balance the changing demand for energy with a price-sensitive, environmentally conscious consumer base. We help utilities meet these needs, guiding them through the entire life cycle of energy efficiency and related demand side management programs, including policy and planning, determining technical requirements, and program implementation and improvement.

Carbon emissions have been an important focus of federal government regulation, international governments, many state and local governments, and multinational corporations around the world. Reducing or offsetting greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions continues to be the subject of both public and private sector interest, and the regulatory landscape in this area is still evolving. The need to address carbon and other harmful emissions has significantly changed the way the world’s governments and industries interact and continues to be one of the drivers of interest in energy efficiency. Moreover, how government and business adapt to the effects of climate change continues to be of global importance. We support governments at the federal and state and local level, including providing comprehensive support to NASA’s Global Change Research Program. Additionally, we support ministries and agencies of the government of the U.K. and European Commission, as well as commercial clients, on these and related issues.

6


We also have decades of experience in designing, evaluating, and implementing environmental policies and environmental compliance programs for transportation (including aviation) and other infrastructure projects. A number of key issues are driving increased demand for the services we provide in these areas, including:

 

Increased focus on the proper stewardship of natural resources;

 

Changing precipitation patterns and drought is affecting water infrastructure and availability;

 

Aging water, energy, and transportation infrastructure, particularly in the U.S.;

 

The increasing exposure of infrastructure to damage and interference by severe weather events influenced by a changing climate, and therefore the need to become more resilient to those effects;

 

Under-investment historically in transportation infrastructure; and

 

Changing patterns of economic development that require transportation systems and energy infrastructure to adapt to new patterns of demand.

By leveraging our interdisciplinary skills, which range from finance and economics to earth and life sciences, information technology, and program management, we are able to provide a wide range of services that include complex environmental impact assessments, environmental management information systems, air quality assessments, program evaluation, transportation and aviation planning and operational improvement, strategic communications, and regulatory reinvention. We help clients deal specifically with the interrelated environmental, business, and social implications of issues surrounding all transportation modes and infrastructure. From the environmental management of complex infrastructure engagements to strategic and operational concerns of airlines and airports, our solutions draw upon our expertise and institutional knowledge in transportation, urban and land use planning, industry management practices, financial analysis, environmental sciences, and economics.

Health, Education, and Social Programs

We also apply our expertise across our full suite of services in the areas of health, education, and social programs. We believe that a confluence of factors will drive an increased need for public and private focus on these areas, including, among others:

 

Expanded healthcare services to underserved portions of the population;

 

Rising healthcare expenditures, which require the evaluation of the effectiveness and efficiency of current and new programs;

 

Rampant substance abuse and widespread social and health impacts of the opioid abuse epidemic;

 

Growing awareness of the threats from the global spread of disease;

 

The emphasis on improving the effectiveness of the U.S. and other countries’ educational systems;

 

The need for greater transparency and accountability of public sector programs;

 

A continued high need for social support systems, in part due to an aging population;

 

The need to recover from natural disasters such as hurricanes, wildfires, and earthquakes;

 

The perceived declining performance of the U.S. educational system compared to other countries;

 

A changing regulatory environment; and

 

Military personnel returning home from active duty with health and social service needs.

We believe we are well positioned to provide our services to help our clients develop and manage effective programs in the areas of health, education, and social programs at the international, regional, national, and local levels. Our subject matter expertise includes public health, mental health, international health and development, health communications and associated interactive technologies, education, child and family welfare needs, housing and communities, and substance abuse. Our combination of domain knowledge and our experience in information technology-based applications provides us with strong capabilities in health and social programs informatics and analytics, which we believe will be of increasing importance as the need to manage information grows. We partner with our clients in the government and commercial sectors to increase their knowledge base, support program development, enhance program operations, evaluate program results, and improve program effectiveness.

7


In the area of public health, we support many agencies and programs within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) (including the National Institutes of Health (“NIH”) and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (“CDC”)) by conducting primary data collection and analyses, assisting in designing, delivering and evaluating programs, managing technical assistance centers, providing instructional systems, developing information technology applications, and managing information clearinghouse operations. Increasingly, we provide multichannel communications and messaging for public health programs using capabilities similar to to those used to provide marketing services to our commercial clients. We also provide training and technical assistance for early care and educational programs (such as Head Start), and health and demographic surveys in developing countries for the U.S. Department of State (“DOS”). In the area of social programs, we provide extensive training, technical assistance, and program analysis and support services for a number of the housing and disaster recovery programs of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) and state, territorial, and local governments. In addition, we provide research, program design, evaluation, and training for educational initiatives at the federal and state level. We provide similar services to a variety of U.K. ministries, as well as several Directorates-General of the European Commission.

Safety and Security

Safety and security programs continue to be a critical priority of the federal government, state and local governments, international governments (especially in Europe), and in the commercial sector. We believe we are positioned to meet the following key safety concerns:

 

Vulnerability of critical infrastructure to cyber and terrorist threats;

 

Increasing risks to enterprises’ reputations in the wake of a cyber attack;

 

Broadened homeland security concerns that include areas such as health, food, energy, water, and transportation;

 

Reassessment of the emergency management functions of homeland security in the face of natural disasters;

 

Safety issues around crime and at-risk behavior;

 

Increased dependence on private sector personnel and organizations in emergency response; and

 

The need to ensure that critical functions and sectors are resilient and able to recover quickly after attacks or disasters in either the physical or cyber realms.

These security concerns create demand for government programs that can identify, prevent, and mitigate key cybersecurity and the societal issues they cause.

We believe that demand for our services will continue to grow as government, industry, and other stakeholders seek to address critical long-term societal and natural resource issues due to heightened concerns about: clean energy and energy efficiency; health promotion, treatment, and cost control; natural disaster relief and rebuild efforts; and ongoing homeland security threats. In the wake of the major hurricanes (Harvey, Irma, Maria and Michael) that devastated communities in Texas, Florida, North Carolina, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and Puerto Rico, the affected areas remain in various stages of relief and recovery efforts.  We believe our prior experience with disaster relief and rebuild efforts, including those from Hurricanes Katrina and Rita and Superstorm Sandy, puts us in a favorable position to provide recovery and housing assistance, and environmental and infrastructure solutions to include disaster mitigation on behalf of federal departments and agencies, state, territorial and local jurisdictions, and regional agencies.

In addition, the U.S. Department of Defense (“DoD”) is undergoing major transformations in its approach to strategies, processes, organizational structures, and business practices due to several complex, long-term factors, including:

 

The changing nature of global security threats, including cybersecurity threats;

 

Family issues associated with globally-deployed armed forces;

 

The increasing use of commercial cloud computing infrastructure and services to support the DoD enterprise; and

 

The increasing need for real-time information sharing and logistics modernization and network-centric planning requirements, and the global nature of conflict arenas.

8


We provide key services to DoD, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (“DHS”), the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”), and analogous Directorates-General at the European Commission. We support DoD by providing high-end strategic planning, analysis, and technology-based solutions in the areas of logistics management, operational support, command and control, and cybersecurity. We also provide the defense sector with critical infrastructure protection, environmental management, human capital assessment, military community research, and technology-enabled solutions. At DHS, we assist in shaping and managing critical programs to ensure the safety of communities, developing critical infrastructure protection plans and processes, establishing goals and capabilities for national preparedness at all levels of government in the U.S., and managing the national program to test radiological emergency preparedness at the state and local government levels in communities adjacent to nuclear power facilities. At DOJ, we provide technical and communications assistance to programs that help victims of crime and at-risk youths. At the European Commission, we provide support and analytical services related to justice and home affairs issues within the European context.

Consumer and Financial Markets

In the area of consumer and financial markets, some of the long-term market factors that we believe will have an impact on our clients include:

 

Increased use of interactive digital technologies to link organizations with consumers and other stakeholders in more varied and personalized ways, and less reliance on traditional print and television marketing;

 

Changing industry structures in marketing and advertising services;

 

The desire for greater return on marketing investment; and

 

The continued elevation of data analytics as a business management and marketing tool, as well as the concomitant growth of concerns about, and regulation of, data capture and exploitation for marketing and other private and public sector purposes.

We combine our expertise in strategic communications, marketing and creative services and public relations with our strengths in interactive and mobile technologies to help companies develop stronger relationships and engage with their customers and stakeholders across all channels, whether via traditional or digital media, to drive better operating results. We continue to strengthen our services in the fields of content and customer relationship management, loyalty marketing, and end-to-end e-commerce.   In an effort to enhance our positioning and build awareness outside of our traditional client set, we have combined capabilities from strategic acquisitions to create a full-service, technology-rooted advertising agency that guides brands digitally through informed strategy, inspired creative design, and technical know-how. We have the capability to complete projects big or small across all channels (including web, social, mobile, intranet and emerging platforms) through end-to-end technology-based implementations for local and global clients. Target customer areas include airlines, airports, electric and gas utilities, oil companies, banks and other financial services companies, transportation, travel and hospitality firms, non-profits/associations, law firms, manufacturing firms, retail chains, and distribution companies.

COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

We possess the following key business strengths:

We have a highly educated professional staff with deep subject matter knowledge

We possess strong intellectual capital that provides us with a deep understanding of policies, processes, and programs across our clients’ markets. Our thought leadership is based on years of training, experience, and education. We are able to apply our in-depth knowledge of our subject matter experts and our experience developed over 40 years of providing advisory services to address the problems and issues our clients are facing. As of December 31, 2019, approximately 38% of our benefits-eligible staff held post-graduate degrees in diverse fields such as the social sciences, business and management, physical sciences, public policy, human capital, information technology, mathematics, engineering, planning, economics, life sciences, and law. These qualifications, and the complementary nature of our markets, enable us to deploy multi-disciplinary teams to identify, develop, and implement solutions that are creative, pragmatic, and tailored to our clients’ specific needs.

9


We believe our diverse range of client markets, services, and projects provides a stimulating work environment for our employees that enhances their professional development. The use of multi-disciplinary teams provides our staff the opportunity to develop and refine common skills required in many types of engagements. Our approach to managing people fosters collaboration and significant cross-utilization of the skills and experience of both industry experts and other personnel who can develop creative solutions by drawing on their different experiences. The types of services we provide, and the manner in which we do so, enable us to attract and retain talented professionals from a variety of backgrounds while maintaining a culture that fosters teamwork and excellence.

We have strong, long-standing relationships with clients across a diverse set of markets

The long-term relationships we maintain with many of our clients reflect our successful track record of fulfilling our clients’ needs. We have advised both the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and HHS for more than 30 years, the U.S. Department of Energy (“DOE”) for more than 25 years, DoD for more than 20 years, certain commercial clients in our energy markets for more than 20 years, the European Commission for more than 15 years, and we have multi-year relationships with many of our other clients in both our government and commercial client base. We have numerous contacts at various levels within our clients’ organizations, ranging from key decision-makers to functional managers. The long-standing nature and breadth of our client relationships adds greatly to our institutional knowledge, which, in turn, helps us carry out our client engagements more effectively and maintain and expand such relationships. Our extensive experience and client contacts, together with our prime-contractor position on a substantial majority of our contracts, and experience working alongside our clients, gives us clearer visibility into future opportunities and emerging requirements. We believe our balance between government civilian and defense agencies, our commercial presence, and the diversity of markets in which our clients operate help mitigate the impact of policy or political shifts, as well as annual shifts in our clients’ budgets and priorities.

Our advisory services position us to capture a full range of engagements

We believe our advisory approach, which is based on our subject matter expertise combined with an understanding of our clients’ requirements and objectives, is a significant competitive differentiator that helps us gain access to key client decision-makers during the initial phases of a policy, program, project, or initiative. We use our expertise and understanding to formulate customized recommendations for our clients. We believe this domain expertise and the program knowledge, developed from our advisory engagements, further position us to provide a full suite of services across the entire life cycle of a particular policy, program, project, or initiative. As a result, we are able to understand our clients’ requirements and objectives as they evolve over time. We then use this knowledge to provide continuous improvement across our entire range of services, which maintains the relevance of our recommendations.

Our technology-enabled solutions are driven by our subject matter expertise and creativity

Government and commercial decision-makers have become increasingly aware that, to be effective, technology-based solutions need to be seamlessly integrated with people and processes. We possess strong knowledge in information technology and a thorough understanding of organizational behavior and human decision processes. In addition, as a result of our acquisition of Incentive Technology Group, LLC (“ITG”) in January 2020, we have strong partnerships and experience in cloud-based technology platforms that are central to our federal government clients’ technology modernization agendas. This combination of skills, along with our domain knowledge, allows us to deliver technology-enabled solutions tailored to our clients’ business and organizational needs with less start-up time required to understand client issues. In addition, many of our clients seek to deploy cutting-edge solutions to communicate and transact with citizens, stakeholders, and customers in a multichannel environment, and doing so takes both our constantly refreshed technical know-how and world-class creativity.

Our proprietary tools, analytics and methods allow us to deliver superior solutions to our clients

We believe our innovative, and often proprietary, analytics and methods are key competitive differentiators because they enhance our ability to deliver customized solutions to our clients and enable us to deliver services in a more cost-effective manner than our competitors. For example, we have developed industry-standard energy and environmental models that are used by governments and commercial entities around the world for energy planning and air quality analyses and have also developed a suite of proprietary climate change tools to help the private sector develop strategies for complying with GHG emission reduction requirements. Our loyalty marketing services are often provided via our proprietary Tally software, software as a service. We maintain proprietary databases that we continually refine and that are available to be incorporated quickly into our analyses on client engagements. In addition, we also have proprietary program management methodologies and services that we believe can help clients improve performance measurement, support chief information officer and science and engineering program activities, and reduce security risks.

10


We are led by an experienced management team

Our management team, consisting of approximately 270 officers with the title of vice president or higher, possesses extensive industry experience and had an average tenure of 13.7 years with us as of December 31, 2019 (including prior service with companies we have acquired). This low turnover allows us to retain institutional knowledge. Our managers are experienced both in marketing efforts and in successfully managing and executing our key services. Our management team also has experience in acquiring other businesses and integrating those operations with our own. A number of our managers are industry-recognized thought leaders. We believe that our management’s successful past performance and deep understanding of our clients’ needs have been and will continue to be differentiating factors in competitive situations.

We have a broad global presence

We serve our clients with a global network of more than 75 regional offices throughout the U.S., and more than 15 offices in key markets outside the U.S., including offices in the U.K., Belgium, China, India and Canada. Our global presence also gives us access to many of the leading experts on a variety of issues from around the world, allowing us to expand our knowledge base and areas of functional expertise. Over the past year, we worked in dozens of countries, helping government and commercial clients with energy, environment, infrastructure, healthcare, marketing, interactive technology/e-commerce, and air transport matters.

STRATEGY

Our strategy to increase our revenue and shareholder value involves the following key elements:

Expand our commercial businesses

We plan to continue to pursue profitable commercial projects and we believe we have strong, global client relationships in both the commercial energy and air transport markets. We continue to see growth opportunities in our current commercial business in the utility sector, as well as significant potential for us to expand our business in other commercial areas, such as aviation and digital marketing services and strategic communications services, both domestically and internationally.

We view the energy industry as a particularly attractive sector for us over the next decade due to concerns over controlling energy costs and limiting climate and environmental impacts, increased state and federal regulation, the need for cleaner and more diverse sources of energy, and the concomitant need for infrastructure to transport, store, and/or convert those new energy sources. We also believe that the combination of our vertical domain expertise with our digital marketing expertise makes us a provider of choice for high value-added assignments in that arena. Although we believe the utility industry will continue to be a strong market for advisory services, particularly in light of the changing focus on regulatory actions and alternative energy sources, we intend to leverage our existing relationships and institutional expertise to pursue and capture additional, typically higher-margin opportunities. For example, we believe we can continue to expand our program and technology-based services in areas such as assisting with the implementation of energy efficiency programs, information technology applications, and environmental management services for larger utilities. In addition, the growth of interest in sustainability and energy efficiency issues has created opportunities to offer these types of services to new clients beyond our traditional sectors. We believe these factors, coupled with our expansive national and global footprint, will result in a greater number of engagements that will also be larger in size and scope.

We expect that interest in energy advisory services will continue to expand as clients in a number of industries, including information service providers and companies engaged in travel and tourism, seek to better understand their energy consumption options and the positive benefits of demonstrating environmental stewardship. Our broad range of services to the aviation industry makes us well positioned to capitalize on significant industry changes, including substantial airline equipment upgrades to newer, more efficient aircraft models in a cost-constrained environment; renovations of older airports to adapt to newer aircraft; and changes to airport business models and strategy as they place increasing importance on passenger experience.  

11


Our engagement services, including marketing, interactive technology, and strategic communications offerings, are well-positioned to support the continuing growth of multichannel engagement and e-commerce. We have broadened our client offerings, particularly in the areas of content management, marketing and digital services. We can now offer complete end-to-end solutions for chief marketing officers, chief communications officers, and chief technology officers as they invest in digital marketing platforms and solutions. We deliver cutting-edge digital strategy support, as well as the creative services that help brands, products and services succeed in a crowded marketplace. As a means of more comprehensively communicating and delivering our engagement services to customers in both the private and public sectors, we created ICF Next, an umbrella under which all of our engagement capabilities can be integrated, communicated, and delivered to clients.

Replicate our business model across government and industry in selected geographies

We believe the services we provide to our energy, environment, and infrastructure market have strong growth potential in selected geographies. Our domain expertise is well suited in Europe to meet the need for cutting-edge climate change, energy and environmental solutions, particularly with our offerings to the U.K. government and European Commission. We have also focused our geographic footprint, when prudent, by selectively closing or reducing the size of offices which appear to be unlikely to generate profitable growth in the near to medium term, generally in nations or regions undergoing either economic or political challenges.

Strengthen our technology-based offerings

We continue to strengthen our services in the fields of content and customer relationship management, loyalty marketing, and end-to-end e-commerce. In early 2020 we acquired ITG, which materially increased our skills and market presence in IT modernization, including the use of popular cloud-based platforms to modernize legacy IT systems. We are positioned to increase these services by expanding the technological underpinnings of our business, while bringing these cloud, marketing and e-commerce solutions, as well as expanded data management and analytics offerings, to our clients to better link them with consumers and other stakeholders.

Leverage advisory work into full life cycle solutions

We plan to continue to leverage our advisory services and strong client relationships to increase our revenue by winning longer term engagements. These engagements could include: information services and technology-based solutions; project and program management; business process solutions; marketing and communications delivery; strategic communications; and technical assistance and training. Our advisory services provide us with insight and understanding of our clients’ missions and goals. We believe the domain expertise and program knowledge we develop from these advisory assignments position us to capture a greater portion of the resulting larger engagements. However, we will need to undertake such expansion carefully to avoid actual, potential, and perceived conflicts of interest.

Defend, expand, and deepen our presence in core U.S. federal and state and local government markets

Changing political priorities at the U.S. federal, state, and local government levels have created challenging market conditions for all competitors in the government services sector. We will focus not only on defending our current market footprint, but also on innovating to continue expanding across key growth markets, such as U.S. federal government health-related and cybersecurity initiatives, digital services, and disaster recovery work for state and local governments. We will continue to provide innovative solutions that help our public sector clients do more with less. We will specifically target deeper penetration of those agencies that currently procure services only from one or two of our service areas and our recent acquisition of ITG, which provides us with strong skills and market presence in technology modernization, will provide additional capabilities in this effort. We believe we can leverage many of our long-term client relationships by introducing these existing clients, where appropriate, to our other services in order to better meet their needs. For example, we introduce many of our advisory clients to our capabilities to provide associated information technology, cybersecurity, large-scale program management, and strategic communications and digital services. We can also offer clients our extensive performance measurement, program evaluation, and performance management services. Finally, having more than 75 offices across the U.S allows us to focus more of our business development efforts on addressing the needs of U.S. federal and state and local government agencies with operations outside of the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area.

12


Pursue larger prime contract opportunities

We believe that continuing to expand our client engagements into services we offer as part of our end-to-end client solutions enables us to pursue larger prime contract opportunities, which should provide a greater return on our business development efforts and allow for increased employee utilization. We plan to continue to target larger and longer-term opportunities through greater emphasis on early identification of opportunities, strategic capture and positioning, and enhanced brand recognition. We believe that the resulting increase in the scale, scope, and duration of our contracts will help us continue to grow our business.

Pursue strategic acquisitions

We plan to augment our organic growth with selective, strategic acquisitions when the target company will enable us to obtain new clients, increase our presence in attractive markets, and/or obtain capabilities that complement our existing portfolio of services, provided that the target company has a cultural compatibility and we expect that the acquisition will have a positive financial impact. The acquisition of ITG is an example of this approach, both in the capabilities it brings and in the alignment of its client footprint to ours.

These elements of our strategy permeate all of the Company and influence day-to-day decisions. We believe that, collectively, they support the overall long-term growth of the organization.

CLIENT AND CONTRACT MIX

Government clients (including U.S. federal, state and local, as well as international, governments) accounted for approximately 65%, 64%, and 62% of our 2019, 2018, and 2017 revenue, respectively.  Commercial clients (including U.S. and international clients) accounted for approximately 35%, 36%, and 38% of our 2019, 2018, and 2017 revenue, respectively. Our clients span a broad range of civilian and defense agencies and commercial enterprises. Commercial clients include non-profit organizations and universities, while government clients include the World Bank and the United Nations. In general, a client is considered to be a government client if its primary funding is from a government agency or institution. If we are a subcontractor, we classify the revenue based on the nature of the ultimate client receiving the services.

In the fiscal years 2018 and 2017, revenue from our three largest clients were HHS, DOS, and the DoD, respectively. In 2019, revenue from our three largest clients grew year-over-year and were HHS, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the DoD, respectively. The following table summarizes the percentage of our total revenue for each of these.

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Department of Health and Human Services

 

 

16

%

 

 

17

%

 

 

20

%

Commonwealth of Puerto Rico

 

 

8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Department of Defense

 

 

6

%

 

 

5

%

 

 

5

%

Department of State

 

 

 

 

 

6

%

 

 

6

%

Total

 

 

30

%

 

 

28

%

 

 

31

%

 

Most of our revenue is derived from prime contracts in which we work directly for the end customer, which accounted for approximately 92%, 92%, and 91% of our revenue for 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

Our contract periods typically extend from one month to five years, including option periods. Many of our government contracts provide for option periods that may be exercised by the client. In 2019, 2018, and 2017, no single contract accounted for more than 9% of our revenue. Our 10 largest contracts by revenue collectively accounted for approximately 20%, 18%, and 15% of our revenue in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

International revenues increased by $21.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was a result of both organic growth and growth through acquisitions, due to increases in our international commercial client services, in the consumer and financial client market, in the energy, environment and infrastructure client market, and in the safety and security programs market, partially offset by the health, education, and social program client markets.

13


CONTRACT BACKLOG

We define total backlog as the future revenue we expect to receive from our contracts and other engagements. We generally include in our total backlog the estimated revenue represented by contract options that have been priced, but not exercised. We do not include any estimate of revenue relating to potential future delivery orders that might be awarded under our U.S. General Services Administration Multiple Award Schedule (“GSA Schedule”) contracts, other Indefinite Delivery/Indefinite Quantity (“IDIQ”) contracts, Master Service Agreements (“MSAs”), or other contract vehicles that are also held by a large number of firms and under which potential future delivery orders or task orders might be issued by any of a large number of different agencies, and are likely to be subject to a competitive bidding process. We do, however, include potential future work expected to be awarded under IDIQ contracts that are available to be utilized by a limited number of potential clients and are held either by us alone or by a limited number of firms.

We include expected revenue in funded backlog when we have been authorized by the client to proceed under a contract up to the dollar amount specified by our client, and this amount will be owed to us under the contract after we provide the services pursuant to the authorization. If we do not provide services authorized by a client prior to the expiration of the authorization, we remove amounts corresponding to the expired authorization from funded backlog. We do include expected revenue under an engagement in funded backlog when we do not have a signed contract, but only in situations when we have received client authorization to begin or continue working and we expect to sign a contract for the engagement. In this case, the amount of funded backlog is limited to the amount authorized. Our funded backlog does not represent the full revenue potential of our contracts because many government clients, and sometimes other clients, authorize work under a particular contract on a yearly or more frequent basis, even though the contract may extend over several years. Most of the services we provide to commercial clients are provided under fully funded contracts and task orders under MSAs. As a consequence, our backlog attributable to these clients is typically reflected in funded backlog and not in unfunded backlog.

We define unfunded backlog as the difference between total backlog and funded backlog. Our estimate of unfunded backlog for a particular contract is based, to a large extent, on the amount of revenue we have recently recognized on the particular contract under the assumption that future utilization will be similar, our past experience in utilizing contract capacity on similar types of contracts, and our professional judgment. Accordingly, if contract utilization is different from our expectations, the revenue eventually earned on a contract may be lower or higher than that implied by our estimate, at a point in time or during the life of a contract, of total backlog, including unfunded backlog. Although we expect our total backlog to result in revenue, the timing of revenue associated with both funded and unfunded backlog will vary based on a number of factors, and we may not recognize revenue associated with a particular component of backlog when anticipated, or at all. Our government clients generally have the right to cancel any contract, or ongoing or planned work under any contract, at any time. In addition, there can be no assurance that revenue from funded or unfunded backlog will have similar profitability to previous work or will be profitable at all. Generally speaking, we believe the risk that a particular component of backlog will not result in future revenue is higher for unfunded backlog than for funded backlog.

Our funded and estimates of unfunded and total backlog were as follows at December 31: 

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Funded

 

$

1,268.4

 

 

$

1,140.1

 

 

$

1,060.0

 

Unfunded

 

 

1,134.3

 

 

 

1,237.6

 

 

 

890.4

 

Total backlog

 

$

2,402.7

 

 

$

2,377.7

 

 

$

1,950.4

 

 

There were no awards included in our 2019, 2018 or 2017 backlog amounts that were under protest.

BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT

Our business development efforts are critical to our organic growth. Our business development processes and systems are designed to enable agility and speed-to-market over the business development life cycle, especially given the distinctions between commercial and government clients. Business development efforts in priority market areas, which include some of our largest federal agency accounts (HHS, DOS, DOE, U.S. Department of Transportation and EPA), are executed through account teams, each of which is headed by a corporate account executive and supported by dedicated corporate business development professionals and senior staff from the

14


relevant operational area. Each account executive has significant authority and accountability to set priorities, focusing on larger and strategically important pursuits, and utilize appropriate resources to win new work. Each team participates in regular executive reviews of marketing plans and proposal development process. Our non-federal government clients are served by account leaders from operating units and coordinated by senior executives with industry experience where such coordination is deemed appropriate to enhance our business development success. This account-based approach allows deep insight into the needs of current and future clients. It also helps us anticipate our clients’ evolving requirements over the coming 12 to 18 months and position ourselves to meet those requirements. Each administrative group is responsible for maximizing sales in our existing accounts and finding opportunities in closely related accounts.

The corporate business development function also includes a market research and competitive intelligence group, a proposal group, a marketing group, a communications group, and a strategic capture unit. The marketing group engages in brand marketing and strategic marketing program development and execution to raise awareness of our services and solutions across our markets, and to generate leads for further pursuit by sales personnel. Our contracts and administration function supports bid price development in partnership with the business development account teams.

COMPETITION

We operate in a highly competitive and fragmented marketplace and compete against a number of firms in each of our clients’ key markets. Some of our principal competitors include: Abt Associates Inc.; AECOM Technology Corporation; Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation; CACI International Inc.; Cambridge Systematics, Inc.; CRA International, Inc.; Deloitte LLP; Eastern Research Group, Inc.; Cardno ENTRIX, Inc.; Guidehouse; L-3 Harris Technologies, Inc.; Leidos Holdings, Inc.; Lockheed Martin Corporation; ManTech International Corporation;  Northrop Grumman Corporation; Omnicom Group Inc.; PA Consulting Group; PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC); Publicis Group; Science Applications International Corp; Research Triangle Institute; Tetra Tech Inc.; Westat, Inc., and WPP Plc. In addition, we have numerous smaller competitors, many of which have narrower service offerings and serve niche markets. Some of our competitors are significantly larger than we are and have greater access to resources and stronger brand recognition than we do.

We consider our principal competitive discriminators to be long-standing client relationships, good reputation and past performance of the firm, client references, technical knowledge and industry expertise of employees, quality of services and solutions, scope and scale of our service offerings, and pricing.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

We own a number of trademarks and copyrights that help maintain our business and competitive position. Sales and licenses of our intellectual property do not currently comprise a substantial portion of our revenue or profit. We rely on the technology and models, proprietary processes, and other intellectual property we own or have rights to use in our analyses and other work we perform for our clients. We use these innovative, and often proprietary, software, analytical models and tools throughout our service offerings. Our staff regularly maintains, updates, and improves these software, models, and tools based on our corporate experience. In addition, we sometimes retain limited rights in software applications we develop for clients. We use a variety of means to protect our intellectual property.

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 2019, of the more than 7,000 employees, we had more than 6,250 benefits-eligible (full-time or benefits eligible) employees, approximately 38% of whom held post-graduate degrees in diverse fields such as social sciences, business and management, physical sciences, public policy, human capital, information technology, mathematics, engineering, planning, economics, life sciences, and law. Approximately 77% of our employees held a bachelor’s degree or equivalent or higher. Our professional environment encourages advanced training to acquire industry-recognized certifications, rewards strong job performance with advancement opportunities, and fosters ethical and honest conduct. Our salary structure, incentive compensation, and benefit packages are competitive within our industry.

15


ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

The following discussion of “risk factors” sets forth some of the most significant factors that may adversely affect our business, operations, financial position or future financial performance, reputation and/or value of our stock. This information should be read in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis and the consolidated financial statements and related notes contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Because of the following factors, as well as other factors, whether known or unknown, affecting our business, operations, financial position or future financial performance, reputation and/or value of our stock, past financial performance should not be considered to be a reliable indicator of future performance, and investors should not use historical trends to anticipate results or trends in future periods.

GOVERNMENT BUDGETING AND SPENDING PRIORITIES RISKS

The failure of Congress to approve appropriations bills in a timely manner for the federal government agencies and departments we support, or the failure of the Administration and Congress to reach an agreement on fiscal issues, could delay and reduce spending, cause us to lose revenue and profit, and affect our cash flow.

On an annual basis, Congress is required to approve appropriations bills that govern spending by each of the federal government agencies and departments we support. When Congress is, or Congress and the Administration are, unable to agree on budget priorities, and thus unable to pass annual appropriations bills on a timely basis, Congress typically enacts a continuing resolution. Continuing resolutions generally allow federal government agencies and departments to operate at spending levels based on the previous fiscal year. When agencies and departments operate on the basis of a continuing resolution, funding we expect to receive from clients for work we are already performing and for new initiatives may be delayed or cancelled. Congress and the Administration have from time to time failed to agree on a continuing resolution, resulting in temporary shutdowns of non-essential federal government functions and our work on such functions. Thus, the failure by Congress and the Administration to enact appropriations bills in a timely manner can result in the loss of revenue and profit when federal government agencies and departments are required to cancel or change existing or new initiatives or the deferral of revenue and profit to later periods due to shutdowns or delays in implementing existing or new initiatives. There is also the possibility that Congress will fail to raise the U.S. debt ceiling when necessary. This can also result in federal government shutdowns.  The delayed funding or shutdown of many parts of the federal government, including agencies, departments, programs, and projects we support, could have a substantial negative affect on our revenue, profit, and cash flows.

Congress did not complete action on appropriations before the September 30, 2019 end of the previous federal fiscal year.  However, during the summer of 2019 Congress and the Administration raised the federal debt ceiling and discretionary spending caps, thereby avoiding a return to previous sequester-level caps.  Further, continuing resolutions sufficient to support federal operations were adopted by Congress in September and November.  In late December legislative packages that finalized necessary budget legislation were passed by Congress and signed by President Trump on December 20.  

Budget compromises that may be needed for future fiscal years may be more difficult than normal to achieve given factors such as the increasing federal deficit, the 2020 presidential election, fallout from presidential impeachment proceedings, and geo-political events arising out of the Middle East.

The budgets of many of our state and local government clients are also subject to similar processes, and, as a result, subject us to similar risks and uncertainties as are inherent in the federal budget process.

Government spending priorities may change in a manner adverse to our business.

We derived approximately 38%, 41%, and 45% of our revenue in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively, from contracts with federal government clients, and approximately 27%, 23%, and 17% of our revenue from contracts with state and local governments and international governments in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. Expenditures by our federal government clients may be restricted or reduced by Administration or Congressional actions, by action of the Office of Management and Budget, by action of individual agencies or departments, or by other actions. In addition, many state and local governments are not permitted to operate with budget deficits, and nearly all state and local governments face considerable challenges in balancing their budgets. Accordingly, we expect that, due to changing government budgeting and spending priorities, including necessary balancing of defense spending

16


with civilian agency spending, and related disputes among Congress and the Administration, some of our government clients in the future may delay payments due to us, may eventually fail to pay what they owe us, and/or may delay certain programs and projects. For some government clients, we may face a difficult choice: turn down (or stop) work due to budget uncertainty with the risk of damaging a valuable client relationship or perform work with the risk of not being paid in a timely fashion or perhaps at all. Federal, state and local government, and /or international government elections could also affect spending priorities and budgets at all levels of government. In addition, increased deficits and debt at all levels of government, both domestic and international, may lead to reduced spending by agencies and departments on projects or programs we support.

Operational and Expansion Risks

As we develop new services, clients and practices, enter new lines of business, and focus more of our business on providing a full range of client solutions, our operating risks increase.  

As part of our corporate strategy, we are attempting to leverage our advisory services to sell our full suite of services across the life cycle of a policy, program, project, or initiative, and we are regularly searching for ways to provide new services to clients. In addition, we plan to extend our services to new clients, lines of business, and selected geographic locations. As we focus more on our delivery of a full range of consulting services from advisory through implementation and attempt to develop new services, clients, practice areas and lines of business, these efforts could be unsuccessful and adversely affect our results of operations.

Such growth efforts place substantial additional demands on our management and staff, as well as on our information, financial, cash flow and administrative and operational systems. We may not be able to manage these demands successfully. Growth may require increased recruiting efforts, business development, and selling, marketing and other actions that are expensive and increase risk. We may need to invest more in our people and systems, controls, compliance efforts, policies and procedures than we anticipate. Further, we may need to enhance or modify our systems or processes, or transition to more efficient or effective ones, and these changes and how we handle them may impact the business. Therefore, even if we do grow, the demands on our people and systems, controls, compliance efforts, policies and procedures may adversely affect the quality of our work, our operating margins, and our operating results, at least in the short-term, and perhaps in the long-term.  

Efforts involving a different focus, new services, new clients, new practice areas, and new lines of business include risks associated with our inexperience and competition from mature participants in those areas. Our expansion of services may result in decisions that could harm our profit and operating results. In particular, implementation and improvement services often relate to the development, implementation and improvement of critical infrastructure or operating systems that our clients may view as “mission critical,” and if we fail to satisfy the needs of our clients in providing these services, our clients could incur significant costs and losses for which they could seek compensation from us.

Maintaining our client relationships and professional reputation are critical to our ability to successfully win new contracts and renew expired contracts.

Our client relationships and professional reputation are key factors in maintaining and growing our business, revenue and profit levels under contracts with our clients. We continually bid for and execute new contracts, and our existing contracts continually become subject to re-competition and expiration. If we are not able to replace the revenue from these contracts, either through follow-on contracts or new contracts for those requirements or for other requirements, our revenue and operating results may be adversely affected. On the expiration of a contract, we typically seek a new contract or subcontractor role relating to that client to replace the revenue generated by the expired contract. There can be no assurance that those expiring contracts we are servicing will continue after their expiration, that the client will re-procure those requirements, that any such re-procurement will not be restricted in a way that would eliminate us from the competition (e.g., set asides for small businesses), or that we will be successful in any such re-procurements or in obtaining subcontractor roles. Any factor that diminishes client relationships and/or professional reputation with federal, state and local, and international government clients, as well as commercial clients, could make it substantially more difficult for us to compete successfully for new engagements and qualified employees. To the extent our client relationships and/or professional reputation deteriorate, our revenue and operating results could be adversely affected.

17


The diversity of the services we provide, and the clients we serve, may create actual, potential, and perceived conflicts of interest and business conflicts that limit our growth and could lead to potential liabilities for us.

Because we provide services to a wide array of both government and commercial clients, occasions arise where, due to actual, potential, or perceived conflicts of interest or business conflicts, we cannot perform work for which we are qualified. A number of our contracts contain limitations on the work we can perform for others, such as, for example, when we are assisting a government agency or department in developing regulations or enforcement strategies. Actual, potential, and perceived conflicts limit the work we can do and, consequently, can limit our growth and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if we fail to address actual or potential conflicts properly, or even if we simply fail to recognize a perceived conflict, we may be in violation of our existing contracts, may otherwise incur liability, may lose future business for not preventing the conflict from arising, and our reputation may suffer. Particularly as we continue to grow our commercial business, we anticipate that conflicts of interest and business conflicts will pose a greater risk.

We derive significant revenue and profit from contracts awarded through a competitive bidding process, which can impose substantial costs on us, and we will lose revenue and profit if we fail to compete effectively.  

We derive significant revenue and profit from contracts that are awarded through a competitive bidding process. Competitive bidding imposes substantial costs and presents a number of risks, including the:

 

Substantial cost and managerial time and effort that we spend to prepare bids and proposals;

 

Need to estimate accurately the resources and costs that will be required to service any contracts we are awarded, sometimes in advance of the final determination of their full scope;

 

Expense and delay that may arise if our competitors protest or challenge awards made to us pursuant to competitive bidding, as discussed elsewhere; and

 

Opportunity cost of not bidding on and winning other contracts we may have otherwise pursued.

To the extent we engage in competitive bidding and are unable to win particular contracts, we not only incur substantial costs in the bidding process that negatively affect our operating results, but we may lose the opportunity to operate in the market for the services provided under those contracts for a number of years. Even if we win a particular contract through competitive bidding, our profit margins may be depressed, or we may even suffer losses as a result of the costs incurred through the bidding process and the need to lower our prices to overcome competition.

Our reliance on GSA Schedule and other IDIQ contracts creates the risk of volatility in our revenue and profit levels.  

We believe that one of the elements of our success is our position as a prime contractor under GSA Schedule contracts and other IDIQ contracts, and we believe this position is important to our ability to sell our services to federal government clients. However, these contract vehicles require us to compete for each delivery order and task order, rather than having a more predictable stream of activity during the term of a multi-year contract. In addition, we may spend considerable cost and managerial time and effort to prepare bids and proposals for contracts, delivery orders or task orders that we may not win. There can be no assurance that we will continue to obtain revenue from such contracts at current levels, or in any amount, in the future. To the extent that federal government agencies and departments choose to employ GSA Schedule contracts and other IDIQ contracts encompassing activities for which we are not able to compete or provide services, we could lose business, which would negatively affect our revenue and profitability.

We may not receive revenue corresponding to the full amount of our backlog, or may receive it later than we expect, which could adversely affect our revenue and operating results.

The calculation of backlog is highly subjective and conditioned on numerous uncertainties and estimates, and there can be no assurance that we will in fact receive the amounts we have included in our backlog. Our assessment of a contract’s potential value is based on factors such as the amount of revenue we have recently recognized on that contract under the assumption that future utilization will be similar, our experience in utilizing contract capacity on similar types of contracts, and our professional judgment. In the case of contracts that may be renewed at the option of the client, we generally calculate backlog by assuming that the client will exercise all of its renewal options; however, the client may elect not to do so. In addition, federal government contracts rely on Congressional appropriation of funding, which is typically provided only partially at any point during the term of federal government contracts, and all or some of the work to be performed under a contract may require future

18


appropriations by Congress and the subsequent allocation of funding by the procuring agency or department to the contract. Protests of contracts continue to be common in our industry.  We do not include contract awards that are subject to a pending protest in our calculation of backlog.  If a contract previously included in backlog becomes the subject of a protest, we would adjust backlog to remove that amount and reassess following resolution of the protest. Our estimate of the portion of backlog that we expect to recognize as revenue in any future period may differ from actual results because the receipt and timing of this revenue often depends on subsequent appropriation and allocation of funding and is subject to various contingencies, such as timing of task orders and delivery orders, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, we may never receive revenue from some of the engagements that are included in our backlog, and this risk is greater with respect to unfunded backlog. Although we adjust our backlog to reflect modifications to or renewals of existing contracts, awards of new contracts, or approvals of expenditures, if we subsequently fail to realize revenue corresponding to our backlog, our revenue and operating results could be adversely affected.

PROFITABILITY RISKS

If we are unable to accurately estimate and control our contract costs, then we may incur losses on our contracts, which could decrease our operating margins and reduce our profits. In particular, the unpredictability of our earnings could increase on our fixed-price contracts if we cannot accurately estimate and control our contract costs.

It is important for us to accurately estimate and control our contract costs so that we can maintain positive operating margins and profitability. As described elsewhere in this Form 10-K, we generally enter into three principal types of contracts with our clients: fixed-price, time-and-materials and cost-plus.

We derived 38%, 39%, and 39% of our revenue from fixed-price contracts 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. Under fixed-price contracts, we receive a fixed price irrespective of the actual costs we incur and, consequently, we are exposed to a number of risks. We realize a profit on fixed-price contracts only if we can control our costs and prevent cost overruns while also meeting contract requirements. Fixed-price contracts require cost and scheduling estimates that are based on a number of assumptions, including those about future economic conditions, costs, and availability of labor, equipment and materials, and other exigencies. We could experience cost overruns if these estimates are inaccurate as a result of errors or ambiguities in the contract specifications, or become inaccurate as a result of a change in circumstances following the submission of the estimate due to, among other things, unanticipated technical problems, difficulties in obtaining permits or approvals, changes in local laws or labor conditions, weather delays, or the inability of our vendors or subcontractors to perform. If cost overruns occur, we could experience reduced profits or, in some cases, a loss for that project. If a project is significant, or if there are one or more common issues that impact multiple projects, costs overruns could increase the unpredictability of our earnings, as well as have an adverse impact on our business and earnings.

Our contracts may contain provisions that are unfavorable to us and permit our clients to, among other things, terminate our contracts partially or completely at any time prior to completion.

Our contracts may contain provisions that allow our clients to terminate or modify these contracts at their convenience on short notice. If a client terminates one of our contracts for convenience, we may only bill the client for work completed prior to the termination, plus any commitments and settlement expenses the client agrees to pay, but not for any work not yet performed. In addition, many of our government contracts and task and delivery orders are incrementally funded as appropriated funds become available. The reduction or elimination of such funding can result in contract options not being exercised and further work on existing contracts and orders being curtailed. In any such event, we would have no right to seek lost fees or other damages. In addition, certain contracts with international government clients may have more severe and/or different contract clauses than what we are accustomed to with federal and state and local government clients, such as penalties for any delay in performance. If a client were to terminate, decline to exercise options under, or curtail further performance under one or more of our major contracts, our revenue and operating results could be adversely affected.

Certain lines of business of our commercial work depend on certain sectors of the global economy that are highly cyclical, which can lead to substantial variations in our revenue and profit from period to period.

In recent years, we have expanded our work with commercial clients. Our commercial clients, which include clients outside the U.S., generated approximately 35%, 36%, and 38% of our revenue in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. This increased reliance on commercial clients presents new risks and challenges. For example, our commercial work is heavily concentrated in industries which can be cyclical, such as: energy, air transportation, environmental, retail and financial services. Demand for our services from our commercial clients has historically declined when their industries have experienced downturns, and we expect a decline in demand for our services when these industries experience downturns in the future.

19


Our efforts to become involved in engagements that are greater in terms of size, scope and performance demands may result in increased performance and credit risk.

As we expand our national and global footprint, we may become involved in a greater number of engagements that will be larger in size and scope. The increase in size and scope of the engagements in which we become involved in subjects us to the potential for a larger impact of performance risk associated with larger and more challenging engagements and the credit risk associated with certain larger customers, particularly among our commercial and other non-US Federal clients. Our customers may face unexpected circumstances that adversely impact their ability to pay their trade payables to us and we may face unexpected borrowing needs or losses as a result. Such circumstances could lead to our commercial customers filing for bankruptcy. This can ultimately lead to variations in our profit from period to period. We monitor the aging of receivables regularly and make assessments of the ability of customers to pay amounts due.  

Changes to U.S. tax laws may adversely affect our financial condition or results of operation and create the risk that we may need to adjust our accounting for these changes.  

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), enacted in late 2017, made significant changes to U.S. tax laws and included numerous provisions that affect businesses, including ours.  For instance, as a result of lower corporate tax rates, the Tax Act tends to reduce both the value of deferred tax assets and the amount of deferred tax liabilities.  It also limits interest rate deductions and the amount of net operating losses that can be used each year and alters the expensing of capital expenditures.  Other provisions have international tax consequences for businesses like ours that operate internationally.

Our business could be adversely affected by delays caused by our competitors protesting contract awards received by us, which could stop our work. Likewise, we may protest the contracts awarded to some of our competitors, a process that takes the time and energy of our management and we may incur additional legal and consultant costs.

Due in part to the competitive bidding process under which government contracts are awarded, we are at risk of incurring expenses and delays if one or more of our competitors protest contracts awarded to us. Contract protests remain common in our industry and may result in a requirement to resubmit offers for the protested contract or in the termination, reduction, or modification of the awarded contract. It can take many months to resolve contract protests and, in the interim, the contracting government agency or department may suspend our performance under the contract pending the outcome of the protest. Even if we prevail in defending the contract award, the resulting delay in the startup and funding of the work under these contracts may adversely affect our operating results.

Moreover, in order to protect our competitive position, we may protest the contract awards of our competitors. This process takes the time and energy of our executives and employees, is likely to divert management’s attention from other important matters and could cause us to incur additional legal and consultant costs.

COMPLIANCE RISKS

Our failure to comply with complex laws, rules, and regulations could cause us to lose business and subject us to a variety of penalties and sanctions.

We must comply with laws, rules, and regulations that affect how we do business with our government clients and impose added costs on our business. Each government client has its own laws, rules, and regulations that affect its contracts. Some of the more significant laws and regulations affecting the formation, administration, and performance of U.S. government contracts include:

 

U.S. Federal Acquisition Regulation, as well as Cost Accounting Standards, and agency and department regulations analogous or supplemental to federal regulation;

 

U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

 

U.S. Truthful Cost or Pricing Data Act (formerly known as the Truth in Negotiations Act);

 

U.S. Procurement Integrity Act;

 

U.S. Civil False Claims Act and the False Statements Act; and

 

U.S. laws, rules and regulations restricting (i) the use and dissemination of information classified for national security purposes, (ii) the exportation of specified products, technologies, and technical data, and (iii) the use and dissemination of sensitive but unclassified data.

20


Any failure to comply with applicable federal, and/or state and local government laws, rules and regulations could subject us to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, repayment of amounts already received under contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines, and suspension or debarment from doing business with federal and/or state and local government agencies and departments, any of which could adversely affect our reputation, our revenue, our operating results, and/or the value of our stock.

In addition, the federal government and other governments with which we do business may change their procurement practices or adopt new contracting laws, rules, or regulations that could be costly to satisfy or that could impair our ability to obtain new contracts and reduce our revenue and profit, such as curtailing the use of services firms or increasing the use of firms with a “preferred status,” such as small businesses.

In addition to our U.S. operations, we also have a significant presence in key markets outside the U.S., including offices in the U.K., Belgium, China, India and Canada. Failure to abide by laws, rules and regulations applicable to us because of our work outside the U.S., such as the U.K. Bribery Act and European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation, could have similar effects to those described above.

We are subject to various routine and non-routine governmental and other reviews, audits and investigations, and unfavorable results could force us to adjust previously reported operating results, could affect future operating results, and could subject us to a variety of penalties and sanctions.

Federal government departments and agencies and many state and local government clients review, audit and investigate our contract performance, pricing practices, cost structure, financial capability, and compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations. We have experienced growth in services related to disaster recovery in recent years, and those activities, by their nature, may involve interaction with a combination of federal, state, territorial and local governments, citizens and subcontractors that increase the risk of audits, investigations, reviews, monitoring and litigation.  Any of these reviews, audits and investigations could raise issues that have significant adverse effects, including, but not limited to, delayed payments, substantial adjustments to our previously reported operating results and substantial effects on future operating results. If a government review, audit, or investigation uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, repayment of amounts already received under contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines, and suspension or debarment from doing business with federal and state and local government agencies and departments, any of which could adversely affect our reputation, our revenue, our operating results, and/or the value of our stock. In addition, we could suffer serious harm to our reputation and our stock price could decline if allegations of impropriety are made against us, whether true or not.

Federal government audits have been completed on our incurred contract costs only through 2011 and audits for costs incurred on work performed since then have not yet been completed. In addition, non-audit reviews by federal and state and local governments may still be conducted on all our government contracts, even for periods before 2011.

Litigation, claims, disputes, audits, reviews, and investigations in connection with the completed Road Home contract expose us to many different types of liability, may divert management attention, and could increase our costs.

In June 2006, our subsidiary, ICF Emergency Management Services, LLC (“ICF Emergency”), was awarded the Road Home contract by the State of Louisiana, Office of Community Development (the “OCD”), to manage a program designed primarily to help homeowners and landlords of small rental properties affected by Hurricanes Rita and Katrina by providing them compensation for the uninsured, uncompensated damages they suffered from the hurricanes (the “Program”). With an aggregate value of $912 million, the Road Home contract was our largest contract throughout its three-year duration, which ended on June 11, 2009.

The Road Home contract provided us with significant opportunities, but also created substantial risks. A number of these risks continued beyond the term of the contract. We still have lawsuits pending, and other claims have been made against us in connection with this contract. New lawsuits may be filed, and new claims may be made against us in the future including, but not limited to, claims by subcontractors and others who are dissatisfied with the amount of money they have received from, or their treatment under, the Program. We have defended such lawsuits and claims vigorously and plan to continue to do so, but we may not prevail in future cases. Although the contract provides that, with several exceptions, we are allowed to charge, as an expense under the contract, reasonable costs and fees incurred in defending and paying claims brought by third parties arising out of our performance, there can be no assurance that our legal costs and fees will be reimbursed. The State of Louisiana has not reimbursed us for the majority of such costs or fees and has not reimbursed any such costs or fees since 2008. The outstanding contract receivables related to defending and paying claims were fully reserved as of December 31, 2019.

21


In addition, as discussed in “Note 20 - Contingencies – Road Home Contract” in our financial statements, on June 10, 2016, the OCD filed a written administrative demand (the “Administrative Demand”) with the Louisiana Commissioner of Administration against ICF Emergency in connection with the administration of the Program. In its administrative demand, the OCD sought approximately $200.8 million in alleged overpayments to Program grant recipients. The OCD separately supplemented the amount of recovery it is seeking in total approximately $220.2 million. The State of Louisiana, through the Division of Administration, also filed suit (the “Proceeding”) in Louisiana state court on June 10, 2016 broadly alleging and seeking recoupment for the same claim made in the Administrative Demand. On September 21, 2016, the Commissioner of the Division of Administration notified the OCD and the Company of his decision to defer jurisdiction of the Administrative Demand. In so doing, the Commissioner declined to reach a decision on the merits, stated that his deferral would not be deemed to grant or deny any portion of the OCD’s claim, and authorized the parties to proceed on the matter in the Proceeding. The Company continues to believe that neither the Administrative Demand nor the Proceeding has any merit, intends to vigorously defend its position, and has therefore not recorded a liability as of December 31, 2019.

The Road Home contract may continue to be the subject of audit, investigations, and reviews by federal and state government authorities and their representatives. These activities may consume significant management time and effort. Further, the contract provides that we are subject to audits for a period after the date of the last payment made under the contract. Findings from any audit, investigation, review, monitoring, or similar activity could subject us to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions from federal and state government authorities, which could substantially adversely affect our reputation, our revenue, our operating results, and the value of our stock.

INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS RISKS

Our international operations pose additional risks to our profitability and operating results.

We have offices in the U.K., Belgium, China, India, and Canada, among others, and expect to continue to have international operations and offices, some of which are in underdeveloped countries that do not have a well-established business infrastructure. We also perform work in some countries where we do not have a physical office. Some of the countries in which we work have a history of political instability or may expose our employees and subcontractors to physical danger. Expansion into selective new geographic regions requires considerable management and financial resources, the expenditure of which may negatively impact our results, and we may never see any return on our investment.

Our international operations are subject to risks associated with operating in, and selling to and in, countries other than the U.S., that could, directly or indirectly, adversely affect our international and domestic operations and our overall revenue, profit, and operating results including, but not limited to:

 

Compliance with the laws, rules, regulations, policies, legal standards, and enforcement mechanisms of the U.S. and the other countries in which we operate, including bribery and anti-corruption laws, economic sanctions, trade restrictions, local tax and income laws, and local labor and employment laws, which are sometimes inconsistent;

 

Restrictions on the ability to repatriate profits to the U.S. or otherwise move funds;

 

Potential personal injury to personnel who may be exposed to military conflicts and other hostile situations in foreign countries;

 

Expropriation and nationalization of our assets or those of our subcontractors, and other inabilities to protect our property rights; and/or

 

Difficulties in managing and staffing such operations, including obtaining work permits or visas, identifying qualified local employees, operating according to different local labor laws and regulations, dealing with different local business cultures and practices, and collecting contract receivables.

In addition, because of our work with international clients, certain of our revenues and costs are denominated in other currencies, then translated to U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. Our revenues and profits may decrease as a result of currency fluctuations and devaluations and limitations on the conversion of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars and in the conversion between foreign currencies. We currently have forward contract agreements (“hedges”) related to our operations in the E.U. hedging the translation between the Euro and the pound sterling. We recognize changes in the fair-value of the hedges in our results of operations. We may increase the number, size and scope of our hedges as we analyze options for mitigating our foreign exchange risk. We cannot be sure that our hedges will be successful in reducing the risks to us of our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations and, in fact, the hedges may adversely affect our operating results.

22


Our business in the U.K. and the European Union could be negatively affected by the timing and terms of, and uncertainties related to, the U.K.’s exit, and potential other exits, from the European Union.

Our U.K. and Belgian operations have traditionally serviced most of our European clients, including the European Commission, and there has been, and remains, a risk that these operations could be disrupted by the withdrawal of the U.K. from the European Union (“EU”), often referred to as “Brexit.”

The U.K.’s withdrawal from the EU became effective on January 31, 2020, but is subject to a transition period that lasts until December 31, 2020 unless further extended by agreement of the U.K.-EU Joint Committee for a period of up to two years (any such extension having to be agreed by June 2020, according to the withdrawal Treaty).  The U.K. Government has said publicly that it does not intend to seek any extension.  During the transition period, the U.K. and the EU will both, broadly speaking, treat the U.K. as if it were still an EU member state.  As such it is not expected that material changes to the relationship between the U.K. and the EU will occur during the transition period.

Such an exit from the EU is unprecedented. It has been and remains unclear how the commercial, legal, regulatory and tax environment in which we, our customers and our counterparties operate will be affected by negotiations between the U.K. and the EU as regards the future terms of trade and related regulatory, tax and other issues. Among the many necessary changes, after the transition period the U.K. will have its own customs territory and set its own tariffs. The Political Declaration that accompanies the withdrawal Treaty states that the economic partnership should, through a free trade agreement, (i) ensure that there will be no tariffs, fees, charges or quantitative restrictions across all sectors for goods, and (ii) provide for the absence of substantially all discrimination for services in the covered sectors, with exceptions and limitations as appropriate.  Although the Political Declaration expresses the intent of both parties to conclude agreements in time for them to come into force by the end of 2020, the negotiations of free trade and related agreements between the U.K. and the EU are expected to be difficult and time-consuming. There is a risk that, at the end of the transition period, in the absence of new free trade agreements, the U.K. would default onto World Trade Organization terms for all trade with the EU, with the potential for significant disruption to existing patterns of trade.

The challenges that continue to surround the timing and terms of the U.K.’s exit from the EU and its consequences could adversely impact customer and investor confidence and relationships, result in additional market volatility and adversely affect our businesses and results of operations. These effects could derive from delays or reductions in contract awards, canceled contracts, increased costs, fluctuations in exchange rates, difficulty in recruiting or in gaining permission to employ existing staff, or less favorable payment terms.

There also remains the possibility of further political and constitutional changes within the U.K., specifically in relation to Scotland or Northern Ireland (which is accorded a special status with enhanced access to the EU Single Market under the withdrawal Treaty), with different but significant consequences. And other EU member states may conduct their own referenda leading to an exit from the EU or demands for greater freedom from the strictures deriving from the EU, resulting in a reduction in the financial resources of the European Commission that could lead to a decrease in the funding and scope of our work for that client. In addition, security and sovereignty and financial system stability issues resulting from Brexit or other geopolitical events, or the EU actions driven by those events, could change the current balance of responsibility established between the European Commission and member states, or affect the results of the EU budget-setting process, either of which could also reduce the funding and scope of our work for that client.

PRIVACY, CYBERSECURITY AND TECHNOLOGY RISKS

Our operations face continuous and evolving cybersecurity risks

The continued occurrence of high-profile data breaches of other companies provides evidence of an external environment hostile to information security. In particular, cybersecurity attacks are evolving, and we face the constant risk of cybersecurity threats, whether from deliberate attacks or unintentional events, including computer viruses, attacks by computer hackers, malicious code, cyber and phishing attacks, and other electronic security breaches, including unauthorized access to our and our clients’ systems, that could lead to disruptions in critical systems, unauthorized release of confidential or otherwise protected information and/or corruption of data. The so-called “insider threat,” unauthorized data and changes being introduced into systems by employees and contractors, is an increasingly present risk to be managed.

23


As a federal government contractor, we face a heightened risk of a security breach or disruption with respect to personally identifiable, controlled unclassified information, classified, or otherwise protected data resulting from an attack by computer hackers, foreign governments and/or cyber terrorists. Improper disclosure of this information could harm our reputation and affect our relationships with business partners, lead to legal exposure, or subject us to liability under laws, rules and regulations that protect personal or other confidential data, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenue.

Although we devote significant resources to our cybersecurity programs and have implemented security measures to protect our systems and to prevent, detect and respond to cybersecurity incidents, there can be no assurance that our efforts will prevent these threats. As these security threats continue to evolve, we may be required to devote additional resources to protect, prevent, detect and respond against cybersecurity attacks, system disruptions and security breaches. Moreover, we also rely in part on third-party software and information technology vendors to run our information systems. Any failure of these third-party systems, which are outside of our control but still impact us, could have similar adverse effects.

Impermissible use, misuse or an improper disclosure of personal data or confidential information and breaches of, or disruptions to, our information technology systems or those of our third-party providers, could adversely affect our business and could result in liability and harm our reputation. 

We and our vendors process increasingly large amounts of personal and sensitive personal data (collectively, “Personal Data”) concerning our existing and potential employees, clients, client customers, vendors or other third parties (collectively, “Data Subjects”), as well as handle confidential information on our clients’ behalf. Therefore, we must ensure that we, as well as our vendors, can comply and demonstrate compliance with the various countries’ and U.S. states’ privacy and data protection laws, rules, and regulations (collectively, “Privacy and Data Protection Law(s)”) in any geolocation where we or our vendors process Data Subjects’ Personal Data. Privacy and Data Protection Laws often vary significantly, and the changes to existing laws and adoption of new, more rigorous laws occurs on an increasing basis. For example, the European Union’s 2018 General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) requires us to meet stringent requirements regarding (i) our access, use, disclosure, transfer, protection, or otherwise processing of Personal Data; and (ii) the ability of Data Subjects’ to exercise their related various rights such as to access, correct or delete their Personal Data. The 2018 California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which went into effect January 2020, now imposes similar requirements, and other U.S. states will likely follow. Failure to meet Privacy and Data Protection Law requirements could result in significant penalties (including under GDPR) fines up to 4% of annual worldwide revenue as well as criminal penalties).  Privacy and Data Protection Law requirements also confer a private right of action. We may incur substantial costs associated with protecting Personal Data and maintaining compliance with the various Privacy and Data Protection Laws. These costs could adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, any inability, real or perceived, to adequately address privacy and data protection concerns, or to comply with applicable Privacy and Data Protection Laws, policies, industry standards, or contractual obligations could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, negatively impact our ability to win new contracts or process Personal Data in certain geolocations, and otherwise adversely affect our business.

Systems and/or service failures could interrupt our operations, leading to reduced revenue and profit.

Any interruption in our operations or any systems failures, including, but not limited to: (i) the inability of our staff to perform their work in a timely fashion, whether caused by limited access to and/or closure of our and/or our clients’ offices or otherwise; (ii) the failure of network, software and/or hardware systems; and (iii) other interruptions and failures, whether caused by us, a third-party service provider, unauthorized intruders and/or hackers, computer viruses, natural disasters, power shortages, terrorist attacks or otherwise, could cause loss of data and interruptions or delays in our business or that of our clients, or both. In addition, the failure or disruption of mail, communications and/or utilities could cause an interruption or suspension of our operations or otherwise harm our reputation or business. Our property and business interruption insurance may be inadequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur as a result of any system or operational failure or disruption and, as a result, revenue, profits and operating results could be adversely affected.

24


We provide digital marketing services in highly competitive and constantly evolving markets. Our success in these markets depends on our ability to develop and integrate new technologies into our business and enhance our existing products and services, as well as our ability to respond to rapid changes in technology in order to remain competitive.

In our consumer and financial market, we provide digital marketing services in highly competitive markets. We compete principally with large systems consulting and implementation firms, traditional and digital advertising and marketing agencies, offshore consulting and outsourcing companies, and clients’ internal information systems departments. To a lesser extent, other competitors include boutique consulting firms that maintain specialized skills and/or are geographically focused. We expect these competitors to devote significant effort to maintaining and growing their respective market shares. If we cannot respond effectively to advances by our competitors in this market, or grow our own business efficiently, our overall business and operating results could be adversely affected.

Our success in this competitive market depends in part on our ability to adapt to rapid technological advances and evolving standards in computer and mobile device hardware and software development and media infrastructure, changing and increasingly sophisticated customer needs, newly developed digital marketing services and platform introductions and enhancements. If, within this market, we are unable to develop new or sufficiently differentiated products and services, to enhance and improve our products and support services in a timely manner or to position and/or price our products and services to meet demand, our overall business and operating results could be adversely affected.

We depend on our intellectual property and our failure to protect it could harm our competitive position.

Our success depends in part upon our internally developed technology and models, proprietary processes, and other intellectual property that we incorporate in our products and utilize to provide our services. If we fail to protect our intellectual property, our competitors could market services or products similar to our services and products, which could reduce demand for our offerings. Government clients typically retain a perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free right to use the intellectual property we develop for them in a manner defined within government regulations, including providing it to other government agencies or departments, as well as to our competitors in connection with their performance of government contracts. When necessary, we seek authorization to use intellectual property developed for the government or to secure export authorization. Government clients may grant us the right to commercialize software developed with government funding, but they are not required to do so. If we improperly use intellectual property that was even partially funded by government clients, these clients could seek damages and royalties from us, sanction us, and prevent us from working on future government contracts. Actions could also be taken against us if we improperly use intellectual property belonging to others besides our government clients. In addition, there can be substantial costs associated with protecting our intellectual property, which can also have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

RISKS RELATED TO ACQUISITIONS  

When we undertake acquisitions, they may present integration challenges, fail to perform as expected, increase our liabilities, and/or reduce our earnings.  

One of our growth strategies is to make strategic acquisitions. When we complete acquisitions, it may be challenging and costly to integrate the acquired businesses due to operating and integrating new accounting systems, differences in the locations of personnel and facilities, differences in corporate cultures, disparate business models, or other reasons. If we are unable to successfully integrate acquired companies, our revenue and operating results could suffer. In addition, we may not successfully achieve the anticipated cost efficiencies and synergies from these acquisitions. Also, our costs for managerial, operational, financial, and administrative systems may increase and be higher than anticipated. During and following the integration of an acquired business, we may experience attrition, including losing key employees and/or clients of the acquired business, which could adversely affect our future revenue and operating results and prevent us from achieving the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.

Businesses we acquire may have liabilities or adverse operating issues, or both, that we either fail to discover through due diligence or underestimate prior to the consummation of the acquisition. These liabilities and/or issues may include the acquired business’ failure to comply with, or other violations of, applicable laws, rules, or regulations or contractual or other obligations or liabilities. As the successor owner, we may be financially responsible for, and may suffer harm to our reputation or otherwise be adversely affected by, such liabilities and/or issues. An acquired business also may have problems with internal controls over financial reporting, which could in turn cause us to have significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our own internal controls over financial reporting. These and any other costs, liabilities, issues, and/or disruptions associated with any past or future acquisitions, and the related integration, could harm our operating results.

25


As a result of our acquisitions, we have substantial amounts of goodwill and intangible assets, and changes in business conditions could cause these assets to become impaired, requiring write-downs that would adversely affect our operating results.  

All of our acquisitions have involved purchase prices in excess of tangible asset values net of liabilities assumed, resulting in the creation of an increased amount of goodwill and other intangible assets. As of December 31, 2019, goodwill and purchased intangibles accounted for approximately 52% and 2%, respectively, of our total assets. Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, we do not amortize goodwill acquired in a purchase business combination.  We evaluate the recoverability of recorded goodwill annually, as well as when events or circumstances indicate there may be an impairment or if we have a significant change in reporting units. Although we have to date determined that such assets have not been impaired, future events or changes in circumstances that result in an impairment of goodwill would have a negative impact on our profitability and operating results.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR CORPORATE AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE  

Provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may prevent or deter potential acquisition bids to acquire us and other actions that stockholders may consider favorable, and the market price of our common stock may be lower as a result.  

Our charter documents contain the following provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect:

 

Our board of directors is divided into three classes, making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of the board;

 

Directors may be removed only for cause;

 

Our stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting of the stockholders;

 

All stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting or by a written consent signed by all of our stockholders;

 

Our stockholders are required to comply with advance notice procedures to nominate candidates for election to our board of directors or to place stockholders’ proposals on the agenda for consideration at stockholder meetings; and

 

The approval of the holders of capital stock representing at least two-thirds of our voting power is required to amend our indemnification obligations, director classifications, stockholder proposal requirements, and director candidate nomination requirements set forth in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.

In addition, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which regulates corporate acquisitions. These provisions could discourage potential acquisition proposals; delay or prevent a change-in-control transaction; discourage others from making tender offers for our common stock; and/or prevent changes in our management.

There are risks associated with our outstanding and future indebtedness which could reduce our profitability, limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities and reduce the value of our stock.  

 

As of December 31, 2019, we had an aggregate of $165.4 million of outstanding indebtedness under a credit facility that will mature on May 17, 2022. The debt level increased as a result of the January 2020 acquisition of ITG, and we are in the process of negotiating an enlarged credit facility. Subject to the limits contained in the agreements governing our outstanding debt, we may incur additional debt in the future. Our ability to pay interest and repay the principal for our indebtedness from time to time, as well as meet our financial and operating covenant requirements, is dependent upon our ability to, among other things, manage our business operations, and generate sufficient cash flows to service such debt. If we are unable to comply with the terms of our financing agreements or obtain additional required financing, this could ultimately result in a significant adverse effect on our financial results and the value of our stock. Among other things, our debt could:

 

Make it difficult to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, or other general corporate purposes;

 

Result in a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations being dedicated to the payment of the principal and interest on our debt, as well as used to make debt service payments;

 

Limit our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in our business and the marketplace;

 

Place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to other less leveraged firms; and

26


 

Increase our vulnerability to economic downturns and rises in interest rates.

Should any of these or other unforeseen consequences arise, they could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, future business opportunities and/or ability to satisfy our obligations under our debt.

Changes affecting the availability of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) may have consequences for us that cannot yet reasonably be predicted.

The Company has outstanding debt, that matures in May 2022, and derivatives with variable interest rates based on LIBOR, which extend out to August 2023. The LIBOR benchmark has been the subject of national, international, and other regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. In July 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for calculation of LIBOR after 2021. Regulators in various jurisdictions have been working to replace LIBOR and other interbank offered rates with reference interest rates that are more firmly based on actual transactions and it is expected that a transition away from the widespread use of LIBOR to alternative rates will occur over the course of the next few years. While the U.S Federal Reserve has identified replacements for LIBOR and the Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued proposals for the transition from existing reference interest rates to alternative rates, there has been no agreed-upon alternative rate. These reforms may cause LIBOR to perform differently than in the past and LIBOR may ultimately cease to exist after 2021.

At this time, it is not possible to accurately predict the effect of any changes to LIBOR, any phase out of LIBOR or any establishment of alternative benchmark rates. Any new benchmark rate will likely not replicate LIBOR exactly, which could impact our financial instruments, may result in expenses, difficulties, complications or delays in connection with future financing efforts, may not be as favorable to us as those based on LIBOR, as well as other unforeseen effects, all of which could impact our results of operations and cash flows. There is uncertainty about how applicable law, the courts or the Company will address the replacement of LIBOR with alternative rates. Uncertainty as to the nature of such potential changes may also adversely affect the trading market for our securities. Management continues to monitor the status and discussions regarding LIBOR. We are not yet able to reasonably estimate the expected impact.

We cannot assure you that we will pay special or regular dividends on our stock in the future.  

The board of directors authorized, declared and paid regular dividends each quarter in 2019.  The declaration of any future dividends and the establishment of the per share amount, record dates and payment dates for any such future dividends are subject to the discretion of the board of directors taking into account future earnings, cash flows, net income, dividend yield and other factors. Authorization of dividends by the Board is subject to adherence/compliance with our credit facility. There can be no assurance that the board of directors will declare any dividends in the future. To the extent that expectations by market participants regarding the potential payment, or amount, of any special or regular dividend prove to be incorrect, the price of our common stock may be materially and negatively affected and investors that bought shares of our common stock based on those expectations may suffer a loss on their investment.

27


ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

We lease our offices and do not own any real estate. As of December 31, 2019, we leased approximately 326,983 square feet of office space at our corporate headquarters at 9300/9302 Lee Highway, Fairfax, Virginia (in the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area) through December 2022 (the “Fairfax Offices”). The Fairfax Offices house a portion of our operations and almost all of our corporate functions, including most of our staff within executive management, treasury, accounting, legal, human resources, business and corporate development, facilities management, information services, and contracts.

On October 24, 2019, we entered into a new commercial lease agreement for our corporate headquarters in Reston, Virginia. The new lease commences on March 1, 2022, the anticipated date we will take control of the property and commence buildout, and extends through April 30, 2039 and provides for the lease by us of approximately 208,000 square feet of space. Total base rent payable over the extended lease period is approximately $154.9 million. We have two options to extend the term of the lease for an additional consecutive ten-year period under each option, or four options to extend the lease for an additional consecutive five-year period under each option with respect to the entire premises.

As of December 31, 2019, we had leases in place for approximately 1.4 million square feet of office space in more than 90 office locations throughout the U.S. and around the world, with various lease terms expiring over the next nine years. As of December 31, 2019, approximately 13,325 square feet of the space we leased was subleased to other parties. We believe that our current office space, as well as other office space we expect to be able to lease, will meet our needs for the next several years. Lastly, a portion of our operations staff is housed at client-provided facilities, pursuant to the terms of a number of our client contracts.  

ITEM 3.

We are involved in various legal matters and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. While these matters and proceedings cause us to incur costs, including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees, we currently believe that any ultimate liability arising out of these matters and proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

An update on litigation related to our Road Home contract is discussed in “Note 20— Contingencies — Road Home Contract” in our financial statements.

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

 

28


PART II

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ICFI.”

Holders

As of February 21, 2020, there were 28 registered holders of record of our common stock. This number is not representative of the number of beneficial holders because many of the shares are held by depositories, brokers, or nominees.

Dividends

We currently expect to continue paying dividends comparable with our historic dividend payments. The declaration and payment of any dividends is at the sole discretion of the board of directors and is not guaranteed. Our amended credit facility contains certain restrictions related to the payment of cash dividends, requiring us to meet certain covenants prior to and after the declaration of any dividend.

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock from December 31, 2014 through December 31, 2019, with the cumulative total return on (i) the NASDAQ Composite, (ii) the Russell 2000 stock index, and (iii) the Company’s 2019 peer group composed of other governmental and commercial service providers: Booz Allen Hamilton Holding Corporation; CACI International Inc.; CBIZ, Inc.; CRA International, Inc.; Exponent Inc.; FTI Consulting, Inc.; GP Strategies Corporation; Huron Consulting Group Inc.; ManTech International Corporation; Maximus, Inc.; Resources Connection, Inc.; Science Applications International Corporation; Tetra Tech, Inc.; Unisys Corporation; and VSE Corporation (the “2019 Peer Group”). As part of the annual process of reviewing the peer group, management ensures that the selected companies remain aligned with the Company’s evolving business strategy. With respect to our 2019 Peer Group, there were two companies, Engility Holdings, Inc. and Navigant Consulting, Inc., that were on the 2018 peer group that have been removed due to mergers and acquisition activities during the year. The comparison below assumes an initial investment of $100.00 on December 31, 2014 in which all dividends (if any) are reinvested and all returns are market-cap weighted. The historical information set forth below is not necessarily indicative of future performance.

29


 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2016

 

 

2017

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

ICF International, Inc.

 

$

86.77

 

 

$

134.70

 

 

$

128.11

 

 

$

159.38

 

 

$

227.01

 

NASDAQ Composite

 

 

106.96

 

 

 

116.45

 

 

 

150.96

 

 

 

146.67

 

 

 

200.49

 

Russell 2000 Index

 

 

95.59

 

 

 

115.95

 

 

 

132.94

 

 

 

118.30

 

 

 

148.49

 

Peer Group

 

 

98.27

 

 

 

126.61

 

 

 

136.63

 

 

 

149.21

 

 

 

221.16

 

 

30


Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Repurchases of Equity Securities

The following table summarizes the share repurchase activity for the three months ended December 31, 2019 for our share repurchase plan and shares purchased in satisfaction of employee tax withholding obligations.

 

Period

 

Total

Number of

Shares

Purchased (a)

 

 

Average

Price Paid

per Share (a)

 

 

Total Number

of Shares Purchased

as Part of Publicly

Announced Plans

or Programs (b)

 

 

Approximate Dollar

Value of Shares that

May Yet Be

Purchased

Under the Plans or

Programs (b)

 

October 1 – October 31

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

68,010,294

 

November 1 – November 30

 

 

1,338

 

 

$

85.23

 

 

 

 

 

$

68,010,294

 

December 1 – December 31

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

68,010,294

 

Total

 

 

1,338

 

 

$

85.23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

The total number of shares purchased of 1,338 includes any shares repurchased pursuant to our share repurchase program described further in footnote (b) below, as well as shares purchased from employees to pay required withholding taxes related to the settlement of restricted stock units in accordance with our applicable long-term incentive plan. During the three months ended December 31, 2019, the Company repurchased 1,338 shares of common stock from employees in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations at an average price of $85.23 per share.

(b)

The current share repurchase program, announced in September 2017 and extended in November 2019, authorizes share repurchases in the aggregate up to $100.0 million. Our existing Credit Facility limits our Leverage Ratio (as defined under the Credit Facility), prior to and after giving effect to any repurchase, to 3.25 to 1.00 or less. During the three months ended December 31, 2019, we did not repurchase any shares under the share repurchase program.

31


ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents selected historical financial data derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and other information for each of the five years presented. This information should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The financial information below reflects the results or impact of our acquisitions since the date the entities were purchased.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Statement of Earnings Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

1,478,525

 

 

$

1,337,973

 

 

$

1,229,162

 

 

$

1,185,097

 

 

$

1,132,232

 

Direct costs

 

 

953,187

 

 

 

857,508

 

 

 

771,725

 

 

 

745,137

 

 

 

694,436

 

Operating costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Indirect and selling expenses

 

 

395,763

 

 

 

360,987

 

 

 

346,440

 

 

 

328,048

 

 

 

329,159

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

20,099

 

 

 

17,163

 

 

 

17,691

 

 

 

16,638

 

 

 

16,222

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

8,083

 

 

 

10,043

 

 

 

10,888

 

 

 

12,481

 

 

 

17,184

 

Total operating costs and expenses

 

 

423,945

 

 

 

388,193

 

 

 

375,019

 

 

 

357,167

 

 

 

362,565

 

Operating income

 

 

101,393

 

 

 

92,272

 

 

 

82,418

 

 

 

82,793

 

 

 

75,231

 

Interest expense

 

 

(10,719

)

 

 

(8,710

)

 

 

(8,553

)

 

 

(9,470

)

 

 

(10,072

)

Other (expense) income

 

 

(501

)

 

 

(735

)

 

 

121

 

 

 

1,184

 

 

 

(1,559

)

Income before income taxes

 

 

90,173

 

 

 

82,827

 

 

 

73,986

 

 

 

74,507

 

 

 

63,600

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

21,235

 

 

 

21,427

 

 

 

11,110

 

 

 

27,923

 

 

 

24,231

 

Net income

 

$

68,938

 

 

$

61,400

 

 

$

62,876

 

 

$

46,584

 

 

$

39,369

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share (“EPS”):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

3.66

 

 

$

3.27

 

 

$

3.35

 

 

$

2.45

 

 

$

2.04

 

Diluted

 

$

3.59

 

 

$

3.18

 

 

$

3.27

 

 

$

2.40

 

 

$

2.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

18,816

 

 

 

18,797

 

 

 

18,766

 

 

 

18,989

 

 

 

19,335

 

Diluted

 

 

19,224

 

 

 

19,335

 

 

 

19,244

 

 

 

19,416

 

 

 

19,663

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared per common share(1)

 

$

0.56

 

 

$

0.56

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

 

(in thousands)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

6,482

 

 

$

11,694

 

 

$

11,809

 

 

$

6,042

 

 

$

7,747

 

Total assets

 

 

1,397,217

 

 

 

1,213,862

 

 

 

1,110,255

 

 

 

1,085,571

 

 

 

1,080,290

 

Long-term debt

 

 

165,444

 

 

 

200,424

 

 

 

206,250

 

 

 

259,389

 

 

 

311,532

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

714,551

 

 

 

660,417

 

 

 

616,030

 

 

 

566,004

 

 

 

523,276

 

 

(1)

No cash dividends were declared during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.

 

32


ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Financial Data” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations, and intentions. The cautionary statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read as applying to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to our actual results differing materially from those anticipated include those discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This section of this Form 10-K generally discusses 2019 and 2018 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2019 and 2018. Discussions of 2017 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2018 and 2017 that are not included in this Form 10-K can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,2018, which was filed with the SEC on February 27, 2019, and is incorporated by reference into this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

OVERVIEW AND OUTLOOK

We provide professional services and technology-based solutions to government and commercial clients. Our services include management, marketing, technology, and policy consulting and implementation services. We help our clients conceive, develop, implement, and improve solutions that address complex business, natural resource, social, technological, and public safety issues. Our clients operate in four key markets: energy, environment, and infrastructure; health, education, and social programs; safety and security; and consumer and financial. Drawing from our domain knowledge and staff experience in working in multi-disciplinary teams for clients in a variety of markets, we provide services that deliver value throughout the entire life cycle of a policy, program, project, or initiative, from initial research, analysis, assessment and advice to design and implementation of programs and technology-based solutions, and the provision of engagement services and programs.

Our clients utilize our services because we combine diverse institutional knowledge and experience with the deep subject matter expertise of our highly educated staff, which we deploy in multi-disciplinary teams. We have successfully worked with many of our clients for decades, with the result that we have a thorough and nuanced perspective of their objectives and needs. We serve both governmental and commercial clients. Our government clients include those from departments and agencies of the federal government, state (including territories) and local governments, and international governments. Our government efforts include work performed under subcontract agreements to commercial clients whose ultimate customer is government agencies and departments.

Our largest clients are U.S. federal government departments and agencies. In fact, our federal government clients have included every cabinet-level department, most significantly HHS, DOS, and DoD. Federal government clients generated approximately 38%, 41%, and 45% of our revenue in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. State and local government clients generated approximately 19%, 14%, and 10% of our revenue in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. International government clients generated approximately 8%, 9%, and 7% of our revenue in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

We also serve a variety of commercial clients worldwide, including: airlines, airports, electric and gas utilities, oil companies, hospitals, health insurers and other health-related companies, banks and other financial services companies, transportation, travel and hospitality firms, non-profits/associations, law firms, manufacturing firms, retail chains, and distribution companies. Our commercial clients, which include clients outside the U.S., generated approximately 35%, 36%, and 38% of our revenue in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

We report operating results and financial data as a single segment based on the consolidated information used by our chief operating decision-maker in evaluating the financial performance of our business and allocating resources. Our single segment represents our core business—professional services for government and commercial clients. Although we describe our multiple service offerings to clients that operate in four markets to provide a better understanding of the scope and scale of our business, we do not manage our business or allocate our resources based on those service offerings or client markets. Rather, on a project by project basis, we assemble the best team from throughout the enterprise to deliver highly customized solutions that are tailored to meet the needs of each client. We believe that demand for our services will continue to grow as government, industry, and other stakeholders seek

33


to address critical long-term societal and natural resource issues due to heightened concerns about clean energy and energy efficiency; health promotion, treatment, and cost control; and ongoing homeland security threats. We also see significant opportunity to further leverage our digital and client engagement capabilities across our commercial and government client base. Our future results will depend on the success of our strategy to enhance our client relationships and seek larger engagements that span the entire program life cycle, and to complete and successfully integrate additional strategic acquisitions. We will continue to focus on broadening domain expertise and building scale in key client markets and geographies by developing business with existing and new government and commercial clients and replicating our business model in selective geographies. In doing so, we will continue to evaluate strategic acquisition opportunities, seeking acquisitions that promote the achievement of strategic objectives like enhancing our subject matter knowledge, broadening our service offerings, and/or providing scale in specific geographies, and from which we believe that we can earn an acceptable return.

While we continue to see favorable long-term market opportunities, there are certain near-term challenges facing all government service providers, including top-line legislative constraints on federal government discretionary spending and actions by Congress or the Administration that could result in a delay or reduction to our current revenue, profit and cash flows, and have a negative impact on our on-going business and results of operations. However, we believe we are well positioned in budget areas that will continue to be priorities to the federal government.

We believe that the combination of internally generated funds, available bank borrowings, and cash and cash equivalents on hand will provide the required liquidity and capital resources necessary to fund on-going operations, potential acquisitions, customary capital expenditures, and other working capital requirements.

Our results of operations and cash flows may vary significantly from quarter to quarter depending on a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

 

Progress of contract performance;

 

Extraordinary economic events and natural disasters;

 

Number of billable days in a quarter;

 

Timing of client orders;

 

Timing of award fee notices;

 

Changes in the scope of contracts;

 

Variations in purchasing patterns under our contracts;

 

Federal and state and local governments’ and other clients’ spending levels;

 

Federal government shutdowns;

 

Timing of billings to, and collection of payments from clients;

 

Timing of receipt of invoices from, and payments to, employees and vendors;

 

Commencement, completion, and termination of contracts;

 

Strategic decisions, such as acquisitions, consolidations, divestments, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments, and changes in business strategy;

 

Timing of significant costs and investments (such as bid and proposal costs and the costs involved in planning or making acquisitions);

 

Timing of events related to discrete tax items;

 

Our contract mix and use of subcontractors or the timing of other direct costs for which we may earn lower contract margin;

 

Changes in contract margin performance due to performance risks;

 

Additions to, and departures of, staff;

 

Changes in staff utilization;

34


 

Paid time off taken by our employees;

 

Level and cost of our debt;

 

Changes in accounting principles and policies; and/or

 

General market and economic conditions.

Because a significant portion of our expenses (such as personnel, facilities, and related costs) are fixed in the short term, contract performance and variation in the volume of activity, as well as in the number and volume of contracts commenced or completed during any year, may cause significant variations in operating results from year to year. We generally have been able to price our contracts in a manner that accommodates the rates of inflation experienced in recent years, although we cannot ensure that we will be able to do so in the future.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

A key element of our growth strategy is to pursue acquisitions. In 2018, we acquired The Future Customer (“TFC”), DMS Disaster Consultants (“DMS”), and We Are Vista Limited (“Vista”).  In January 2020, we completed the acquisition of ITG. While providing capabilities and access to new clients in support of our growth strategy, these acquisitions were not significant to our financial statements taken as a whole.  

The Future Customer. – In January 2018, we acquired TFC, a leading boutique loyalty strategy and marketing company based in London, U.K.  The acquisition of TFC enhanced and extended the Company’s customer loyalty business to Europe.

DMS Disaster Consultants – In August 2018, we acquired DMS, a disaster management and recovery firm based in Florida, to broaden our capabilities in support of assisting communities, businesses and individuals recover from man-made and nature disasters. DMS assists public sector clients with man-made and natural disaster planning and preparedness, and post-disaster response and recovery efforts by assisting clients in obtaining federal funding from Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), insurance companies, and other sources.

We Are Vista Limited – In October 2018, we acquired Vista, a communications company headquartered in Leeds, U.K., with an additional presence in London. Vista provides advisory services and solutions to clients in the financial, retail, automobile, and energy industries and broadens our capabilities in the region.

Incentive Technology Group, LLC – In January 2020, we completed the acquisition of ITG, one of the leading providers of cloud-based platform services to the federal government. ITG provides solutions through the adoption of next generation technologies for federal government agencies, many of which are among our long-standing clients.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Our discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.  The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make certain estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses during the reporting period and our application of critical accounting policies, including: revenue recognition, impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, income taxes, and stock-based compensation. If any of these estimates or judgments prove to be incorrect, our reported results could be materially affected. Actual results may differ significantly from our estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the estimates, assumptions and judgments involved in the accounting practices described below have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements and, therefore, consider them to be critical accounting policies. Significant accounting policies, including the critical accounting policies listed below, are more fully described and discussed in “Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

35


Revenue Recognition

We periodically evaluate our critical accounting policies and estimates based on changes in U.S. GAAP that may have an effect on our consolidated financial statements.  In May 2014, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). ASU 2014-09 provides a single comprehensive revenue recognition framework and supersedes existing revenue recognition guidance. Included in the new principles-based revenue recognition model are changes to the basis for determining the timing for revenue recognition. In addition, the standard expands and improves revenue disclosures.

We implemented ASU 2014-09 on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. This method requires that we apply the requirements of the new standard in the year of adoption to new contracts and those that were not completed as of the adoption date, but not retroactively restate prior years. Management evaluated those contracts not completed as of January 1, 2018 (the adoption date) and concluded that the impact of adopting ASU 2014-09 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. Contract assets and contract liabilities were formerly reported as unbilled accounts receivable and deferred revenue, respectively. For further discussion see “Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Revenue Recognition” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Under the modified retrospective method, we were required to maintain dual reporting during the year of adoption in order to present revenue under both the previous and new accounting for contracts initiated on or after the date of adoption and for those contracts having remaining obligations as of the adoption date. Revenue timing differences between the two methods resulted primarily from contracts with performance incentives. Under the new accounting, we have included in revenue the most likely amount of priced incentives earned as contract work was performed rather than, as under the old accounting, waiting to recognize revenue from incentives until specific quantitative goals were achieved, generally at the end of each contractually-stipulated performance assessment period. While there were differences in the amount of revenue recognized during each quarter of the year, the timing differences did not result in a material change to our annual revenue since most incentives have performance assessment periods which are aligned with our fiscal year.

We primarily provide services and technology-based solutions for clients that operate in a variety of markets and the solutions may span the entire program life cycle, from initial research and analysis to the design and implementation of solutions. We enter into agreements with clients that create enforceable rights and obligations and for which it is probable that we will collect the consideration to which we will be entitled as services and solutions are transferred to the client. Except in certain narrowly defined situations, our agreements with our clients are written and revenue is generally not recognized on oral or implied arrangements. We recognize revenue based on the consideration specified in the applicable agreement and exclude from revenue amounts collected on behalf of third parties. Accordingly, sales and similar taxes which are collected for third parties are excluded from the transaction price.

We also evaluate whether two or more agreements should be accounted for as one single contract and whether combined or single agreements should be accounted for as more than one performance obligation. For most contracts, the client requires that we perform a number of tasks in providing an integrated output and, hence, each of these contracts is tracked as having only one performance obligation. When contracts are separated into multiple performance obligations, we allocate the total transaction price to each performance obligation based on the estimated relative standalone selling prices of the promised services underlying each performance obligation. We generally provide customized solutions in which the pricing is based on specific negotiations with each client, and, in these cases, we use a cost-plus margin approach to estimate the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. It is common for our long-term contracts to contain award fees, incentive fees or other provisions that can either increase or decrease the transaction price. These variable amounts are generally awarded at the completion of a prescribed performance assessment period based on the achievement of performance metrics, program milestones or cost targets, and the amount awarded may be subject to client discretion. Variable consideration is estimated based on the most likely amount.  Estimates of variable consideration will be constrained only to the extent that it is probable that significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur.

36


We evaluate contractual arrangements to determine whether revenue should be recognized on a gross versus net basis. Our assessment is based on the nature of the promise to the client. In most cases, we agree to provide specified services to the client as a principal and revenue is recognized on a gross basis. In certain instances, we act as an agent and merely arrange for another party to provide services to the client and revenue is recognized on a net basis in reflection of the fact that we do not control the goods or services provided to the client by the other party.

Long-term contracts typically contain billing terms that provide for invoicing monthly or upon completion of milestones and payment on a net 30-day basis. Exceptions to monthly billing terms are to ensure that we perform satisfactorily rather than representing a significant financing component. For cost-based contracts, our performance is evaluated during a contractually stipulated performance period and, while contract costs may be billed on a monthly basis, we are generally permitted to bill for incentive or award fees only after the completion of the performance assessment period, which may occur quarterly, semi-annually or annually, and after the client completes the performance assessment. Fixed-price contracts may provide for milestone billings based on the attainment of specific project objectives and, since they are tied to our project performance, these type of billing terms do not represent a significant financing component. Moreover, contracts may require retentions or hold backs that are paid at the end of the contract to ensure that we perform in accordance with requirements which do not represent our providing financing to our clients but rather are a means to ensure that we meet contract requirements. We do not assess whether a contract contains a significant financing component if we expect, at contract inception, that the period between payment by the client and the transfer of promised services to the client will be one year or less.

As a service provider, we generally recognize revenue over time as control is transferred to a client, based on the extent of progress towards satisfaction of the performance obligation. The selection of the method used to measure progress requires judgment and, among other things, is dependent on the contract type selected by the client during contract negotiation and the nature of the services and solutions to be provided.

When a performance obligation is billed using a time-and-materials contract type, we use the right to invoice practical expedient output progress measures to estimate revenue earned based on hours worked in contract performance at negotiated billing rates. Fixed-price level-of-effort contracts are substantially similar to time-and-materials contracts except that we are required to deliver a specified level of effort over a stated period of time. For these contracts, we estimate revenue earned using contract hours worked at negotiated bill rates as we deliver the contractually required workforce.

For cost-based contracts, we recognize revenue as a single performance obligation based on contract costs incurred, as we become contractually entitled to reimbursement of the contract costs, plus a most likely estimate of award or incentive fees earned on those costs even though final determination of fees earned occurs after the contractually-stipulated performance assessment period ends.

For performance obligations requiring the delivery of a service for a fixed price, we use the ratio of actual costs incurred to total estimated costs, provided that costs incurred (an input method) represents a reasonable measure of progress towards the satisfaction of a performance obligation, in order to estimate the portion of total revenue earned. This method provides a faithful depiction of the transfer of value to the client when we are satisfying a performance obligation that entails integration of tasks for a combined output, which requires us to coordinate the work of employees, subcontractors and delivery of other contract costs. Contract costs that are not reflective of our progress toward satisfying a performance obligation are not included in the calculation of the measure of progress. When this method is used, changes in estimated costs to complete these obligations result in adjustments to revenue on a cumulative catch-up basis, which causes the effect of revised estimates for prior periods to be recognized in the current period. Changes in these estimates can routinely occur over contract performance for a variety of reasons, which include: changes in contract scope; changes in contract cost estimates due to unanticipated cost growth or reassessments of risks impacting costs; changes in estimated incentive or award fees; or performing better or worse than previously estimated.

In some fixed price service contracts, we perform services of a recurring nature, such as maintenance and other services of a “stand ready” nature. For these contracts, we have the right to consideration in an amount that corresponds directly with the value that the client has received. Therefore, we record revenue on a time-elapsed basis to reflect the transfer of control to the client throughout the contract.  

37


Our operating cycle for long-term contracts may be greater than one year and is measured by the average time intervening between the inception and the completion of those contracts. Contract-related assets and liabilities, as highlighted below, are classified as current assets and current liabilities. Significant balance sheet accounts related to the revenue recognition cycle are as follows:

Contract receivables, net – This account includes amounts billed or billable under contract terms. The amounts due are stated at their net realizable value. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts to provide for the estimated amount of receivables that will not be collected. We consider a number of factors in our estimate of the allowance, including knowledge of a client’s financial condition, its historical collection experience, and other factors relevant to assessing the collectability of the receivables.

Contract assets – This account includes unbilled amounts typically resulting from revenue recognized on long-term contracts when the amount of revenue recognized exceeds the amounts billed. It also includes contract retainages until we have met the contract-stipulated requirements for payment. Contract assets are reported in a net position on a contract by contract basis each period even though individual contracts may contain multiple performance obligations. On a contract by contract basis, amounts do not exceed their net realizable value.

Contract liabilities – This account consists of advance payments received and billings in excess of revenue recognized on long-term contracts. Contact liabilities are reported in a net position on a contract by contract basis each period even though individual contracts may contain multiple performance obligations.

Revenue recognition entails the use of significant judgment, including, but not limited to, the following: evaluating agreements in terms of the number and nature of performance obligations; determining the appropriate method for measuring progress of the satisfaction of obligations; and preparing estimates in terms of the amount of progress that we have made. Most of our revenue is recognized over time and for many fixed-price contracts, in particular, we estimate the proportion of total revenue earned using the ratio of contract costs incurred to total estimated contract costs, which requires us to prepare estimates as work progresses of contract cost left to be incurred. Moreover, some of our contracts include variable consideration, which requires us to estimate the most likely amounts that will be earned over the respective contractually stipulated performance assessment periods. For these obligations, changes in estimates result in cumulative catch-up adjustments and may have a significant impact on earnings during a given period.  

Payments on cost-based contracts with the U.S. federal government are provisional payments subject to audit and adjustment. Indirect costs applied to government contracts are also subject to audit and adjustment and such audits have been finalized only through December 31, 2011. Contract revenue has been recorded in amounts that are expected to be realized on final audit and settlement of costs.

We prepare client invoices in accordance with the terms of the applicable contract, and billing terms may not be directly related to the performance of services. Contract assets are invoiced based on the achievement of specific events as defined by each contract, including deliverables, timetables, and incurrence of certain costs. Contract assets are classified as a current asset. Advanced billings to clients in excess of revenue earned are recorded as contract liabilities until the revenue recognition criteria are met. Reimbursements of out-of-pocket expenses are included in revenue with corresponding costs incurred by us included in the cost of revenue. We record revenue net of taxes collected from clients when the taxes are collected on behalf of the governmental authorities.

We may proceed with work based on client direction prior to the completion and signing of formal contract documents. We have a review process for approving any such work. Revenue associated with such work is recognized only when it can be reliably estimated, and realization is probable. We base our estimates on a variety of factors, including previous experiences with the client, communications with the client regarding funding status, and our knowledge of available funding for the contract.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The purchase price of an acquired business is allocated to the tangible assets and separately identifiable intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed, based on their respective fair values, with the excess recorded as goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of costs over the fair value of net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead are reviewed annually for impairment, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Intangible assets with estimable useful lives are amortized over such lives and reviewed for impairment if impairment indicators arise. As of December 31, 2019, goodwill and intangibles assets were $719.9 million and $25.8 million, respectively.

38


For the purpose of performing the annual goodwill impairment review as of October 1, 2019, as our business is highly integrated and all of our components have similar economic characteristics, we have concluded we have one aggregated reporting unit at a consolidated entity level. We assess goodwill at the reporting level.  For the goodwill impairment test, we opted to perform a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the reporting unit's fair value is less than its carrying amount. If, after completing the qualitative assessment, we determine that it is more likely than not that the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeded the carrying amount, we may conclude that no impairment exists. If we conclude otherwise, a goodwill impairment test must be performed, which includes a comparison of the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount and recognizing, as an impairment loss, the difference of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit over its carrying amount.

Our qualitative analysis as of October 1, 2019 included macroeconomic and industry and market-specific considerations, financial performance indicators and measurements, and other factors. Based on this qualitative assessment, we determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of our one reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount, and thus the impairment test was not required to be performed. Therefore, based on management’s review, no goodwill impairment charge was required as of October 1, 2019. Historically, we have not recorded any goodwill impairment charges.

We are required to review other intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset might not be recoverable.

Accounting for Income Taxes

Our provisions for federal, state, and foreign income taxes are calculated from consolidated income based on current tax laws and any changes in tax rates from the rates used previously in determining the deferred tax assets and liabilities from temporary differences between financial statement carrying amounts and amounts on our tax returns.

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. We evaluate our ability to benefit from all deferred tax assets and establish valuation allowances for amounts we believe are not more likely than not to be realized.

We use a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold based on the technical merits of the income tax position taken to evaluate uncertain tax positions. Uncertain tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured in order to determine the tax benefit recognized in the financial statements. Penalties, if probable and reasonably estimable, and interest expense related to uncertain tax positions are not recognized as a component of income tax expense but recorded separately in indirect expenses or interest expense, respectively.  

On December 20, 2017 the United States House of Representatives and the Senate passed the Tax Act which was signed into law on December 22, 2017 and was generally effective beginning January 1, 2018. We were impacted in several ways as a result of the Tax Act including, but not limited to, provisions which include a permanent reduction in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities that was required as a result of the tax rate change and the application of a mandatory one-time “transition tax” on unremitted earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred.

We re-measured certain deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in the future, which is now generally 26.3%.  We completed our analysis of the Tax Act and finalized our provisional estimates, which affected the measurement of these balances.  Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 (“SAB 118”), the provisional amount recorded related to the re-measurement of the deferred tax balances was adjusted during the year ended December 31, 2018 as an increase in the provision for income taxes, including adjustments to valuation allowances, of approximately $1.1 million.

The one-time “transition tax” imposed by the Tax Act is based on our total post-1986 earnings and profits (“E&P”) which we had previously deferred from U.S. income taxation. We have completed the calculation of the total post-1986 foreign E&P and related foreign tax pools for these foreign subsidiaries.  Further, the transition tax is based in part on the amount of those earnings held in cash and other specified assets.  This amount, as well as the related foreign tax credit utilization, changed as we finalized our calculation of post-1986 foreign E&P and related foreign tax pools that were previously deferred from U.S. federal taxation and the amounts held in cash or other specified assets.  Similarly, the cumulative foreign tax credit carryforward balance as of December 31, 2019 increased by approximately $1.0 million and the valuation allowance required increased by approximately $1.0 million.  No additional income taxes have been provided for on any remaining undistributed foreign earnings not subject to the transition tax. No additional deferred taxes have been provided for the $2.7 million of favorable outside basis differences inherent in these foreign entities because these amounts continue to be permanently reinvested in foreign operations.  

39


The Tax Act subjects U.S. corporations to current tax on global intangible low-taxed income (or “GILTI”) earned by certain foreign subsidiaries.  The FASB Staff Q&A, Topic 740 No. 5, Accounting for Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income, states that an entity can make an accounting policy election to either recognize deferred taxes for temporary differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or provide for the tax expense related to GILTI resulting from those items in the year the tax is incurred. We elected in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 to recognize the resulting tax on GILTI as a period expense in the period the tax is incurred, with no material effect on the consolidated financial statements.  The current provision for 2019 and 2018 includes no tax expense for GILTI.  

Stock-based Compensation

The ICF International, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2018 Omnibus Plan”) provides for the granting of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance shares, performance units, cash-based awards, and other stock-based awards to all officers, key employees, and non-employee directors.  The 2018 Omnibus Plan replaced the previous 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Prior Plan”). As of December 31, 2019, there were approximately 886,045 shares available for grant under the 2018 Omnibus Plan.  

We utilize cash-settled RSUs (“CSRSUs”) which are settled only in cash payments. The cash payment is calculated by multiplying the number of CSRSUs vested by our closing stock price on the vesting date, subject to a maximum payment cap and a minimum payment floor. CSRSUs have no impact on the shares available for grant under the 2018 Omnibus Plan and have no impact on the calculated shares used in EPS calculations.  

We began granting awards of registered shares to our non-employee directors on an annual basis under the 2018 Omnibus Plan in the third quarter of 2018. Previously, under the Prior Plan, we granted awards of unregistered shares to the directors under the Annual Equity Election program. Those awards were issued from treasury stock and had no impact on the shares available for grant under the Prior Plan.

We recognized total compensation expense relating to stock-based compensation of $26.0 million, $19.6 million, and $17.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. We recognize stock-based compensation expense for stock options, restricted stock awards, and RSUs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. We treat CSRSUs as liability-classified awards, and account for them at fair value based on the closing price of our stock at the balance sheet date. We recognize expense for performance-based share awards (“PSAs”), which are subject to a performance condition and a market condition, on a straight-line basis over the performance period. Non-employee director awards are expensed over the performance period.

Stock-based compensation expense is based on the estimated fair value of these instruments and the estimated number of shares ultimately expected to vest. The calculation of the fair value of the awards requires certain inputs that are subjective and changes to the estimates used will cause the fair value of stock awards and related stock-based compensation expense to vary. The fair value of stock options, restricted stock awards, RSUs, PSAs and non-employee director awards is estimated based on the fair value of a share of common stock at the grant date. We have elected to use the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The fair value of a stock option award is affected by the price of our stock on the date of grant, as well as other assumptions used as inputs in the valuation model. These assumptions include the estimated volatility of the price of our stock over the term of the awards, the estimated period of time that we expect employees will hold stock options, and the risk-free interest rate. The fair value of PSAs is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation model.

We are required to adjust stock-based compensation expense for the effects of estimated forfeitures of awards over the expense recognition period. We estimate the rate of future forfeitures based on factors which include our historical experience, but the amount of actual forfeitures may differ from current estimates particularly if the rate of future forfeitures is different from previous experience. In addition, the estimation of PSAs that will ultimately vest requires judgment in terms of estimates of future performance. To the extent actual forfeitures differ from estimated forfeitures and actual performance or updated performance estimates differ from current estimates, such expense amounts are recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period the estimates are revised. See “Note 15—Accounting for Stock-based Compensation” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for further discussion.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

New accounting standards are discussed in “Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

40


SELECTED KEY METRICS

In order to evaluate operations, we track revenue by key metrics that provide useful information about the nature of our operations. Client markets provide insight into the breadth of our expertise. Client type is an indicator of the diversity of our client base. Revenue by contract mix provides insight in terms of the degree of performance risk that we have assumed. Significant variances in the key metrics tables that are provided below are discussed under the revenue section of the results of operations.

Client markets

The following table shows revenue generated from client markets as a percent of total revenue for the periods indicated. For each client, we have attributed all revenue from that client to the market we consider to be the client’s primary market, even if a portion of that revenue relates to a different market. Certain minor revenue amounts reported in the prior years have been reclassified within key market categories based on our current view of the client’s primary market in order to increase comparability of the current year to prior years.

 

 

Year ended

December 31, 2019

 

 

Year ended

December 31, 2018

 

 

Year ended

December 31, 2017

 

 

Dollars

 

Percent

 

 

Dollars

 

Percent

 

 

Dollars

 

Percent

 

Energy, environment, and infrastructure

$

665,185

 

 

45

%

 

$

564,736

 

 

42

%

 

$

487,001

 

 

40

%

Health, education, and social programs

 

552,600

 

 

37

%

 

 

535,578

 

 

40

%

 

 

518,675

 

 

42

%

Safety and security

 

120,078

 

 

8

%

 

 

111,660

 

 

8

%

 

 

102,645

 

 

8

%

Consumer and financial

 

140,662

 

 

10

%

 

 

125,999

 

 

10

%

 

 

120,841

 

 

10

%

Total

$

1,478,525

 

 

100

%

 

$

1,337,973

 

 

100

%

 

$

1,229,162

 

 

100

%

 

Our primary clients are the agencies and departments of the federal government and commercial clients. Most of our revenue is from contracts on which we are the prime contractor, which we believe provides us strong client relationships. In 2019, 2018, and 2017, approximately 92%, 92%, and 91% of our revenue, respectively, was from prime contracts.

Client type

The table below shows our revenue by type of client as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated. Certain immaterial revenue amounts in the prior years have been reclassified due to minor adjustments and reclassification within client type.

 

 

Year ended

December 31, 2019

 

 

Year ended

December 31, 2018

 

 

Year ended

December 31, 2017

 

 

Dollars

 

Percent

 

 

Dollars

 

Percent

 

 

Dollars

 

Percent

 

U.S. federal government

$

561,022

 

 

38

%

 

$

546,050

 

 

41

%

 

$

550,794

 

 

45

%

U.S. state and local government

 

280,357

 

 

19

%

 

 

183,900

 

 

14

%

 

 

127,797

 

 

10

%

International government

 

122,307

 

 

8

%

 

 

122,186

 

 

9

%

 

 

91,318

 

 

7

%

Government

 

963,686

 

 

65

%

 

 

852,136

 

 

64

%

 

 

769,909

 

 

62

%

Commercial

 

514,839

 

 

35

%

 

 

485,837

 

 

36

%

 

 

459,253

 

 

38

%

Total

$

1,478,525

 

 

100

%

 

$

1,337,973

 

 

100

%

 

$

1,229,162

 

 

100

%

 

Contract mix

Contract mix varies from year to year due to numerous factors, including our business strategies and the procurement activities of our clients. Unless the context requires otherwise, we use the term “contracts” to refer to contracts and any task orders or delivery orders issued under a contract. There are three main types of contracts: time-and-materials contracts, fixed-price contracts, and cost-based contracts. For a detailed discussion of contract types, see ”Critical Accounting Policies - Revenue Recognition” above.

41


The following table shows the approximate percentage of our revenue for each of these types of contracts for the periods indicated. Certain immaterial revenue amounts in the prior years have been reclassified due to minor adjustments and reclassification within contract type.

 

 

Year ended

December 31, 2019

 

 

Year ended

December 31, 2018

 

 

Year ended

December 31, 2017

 

 

Dollars

 

Percent

 

 

Dollars

 

Percent

 

 

Dollars

 

Percent

 

Time-and-materials

$

703,467

 

 

48

%

 

$

581,446

 

 

44

%

 

$

529,606

 

 

43

%

Fixed-price

 

562,985

 

 

38

%

 

 

526,751

 

 

39

%

 

 

480,584

 

 

39

%

Cost-based

 

212,073

 

 

14

%

 

 

229,776

 

 

17

%

 

 

218,972

 

 

18

%

Total

$

1,478,525

 

 

100

%

 

$

1,337,973

 

 

100

%

 

$

1,229,162

 

 

100

%

 

Payments to us on cost-based contracts with the federal government are provisional payments subject to adjustment upon audit by the government. Such audits have been finalized through December 31, 2011, and any adjustments have been immaterial. Contract revenue for subsequent periods has been recorded in amounts that are expected to be realized on final audit and settlement of costs in those years.  

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth certain items from our consolidated statements of comprehensive income, expresses these items as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated and the period-over-period rate of change in each of them.

Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

Year to Year Change

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

2018 to 2019

 

 

 

2017 to 2018

 

 

 

Dollars

 

 

 

Percentages

 

 

 

Dollars

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

Dollars

 

 

Percent

 

Revenue

 

$

1,478,525

 

 

$

1,337,973

 

 

$

1,229,162

 

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

$

140,552

 

 

 

10.5

%

 

 

$

108,811

 

 

 

8.9

%

Direct Costs

 

 

953,187

 

 

 

857,508

 

 

 

771,725

 

 

 

 

64.5

%

 

 

64.1

%

 

 

62.8

%

 

 

 

95,679

 

 

 

11.2

%

 

 

 

85,783

 

 

 

11.1

%

Operating Costs and Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Indirect and selling expenses

 

 

395,763

 

 

 

360,987

 

 

 

346,440

 

 

 

 

26.8

%

 

 

27.0

%

 

 

28.2

%

 

 

 

34,776

 

 

 

9.6

%

 

 

 

14,547

 

 

 

4.2

%

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

20,099

 

 

 

17,163

 

 

 

17,691

 

 

 

 

1.4

%

 

 

1.3

%

 

 

1.4

%

 

 

 

2,936

 

 

 

17.1

%

 

 

 

(528

)

 

 

(3.0

)%

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

8,083

 

 

 

10,043

 

 

 

10,888

 

 

 

 

0.5

%

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

 

(1,960

)

 

 

(19.5

)%

 

 

 

(845

)

 

 

(7.8

)%

Total Operating Costs and Expenses

 

 

423,945

 

 

 

388,193

 

 

 

375,019

 

 

 

 

28.7

%

 

 

29.1

%

 

 

30.4

%

 

 

 

35,752

 

 

 

9.2

%

 

 

 

13,174

 

 

 

3.5

%

Operating Income

 

 

101,393

 

 

 

92,272

 

 

 

82,418

 

 

 

 

6.9

%

 

 

6.9

%

 

 

6.7

%

 

 

 

9,121

 

 

 

9.9

%

 

 

 

9,854

 

 

 

12.0

%

Interest expense

 

 

(10,719

)

 

 

(8,710

)

 

 

(8,553

)

 

 

 

(0.7

)%

 

 

(0.7

)%

 

 

(0.7

)%

 

 

 

(2,009

)

 

 

23.1

%

 

 

 

(157

)

 

 

1.8

%

Other (expense) income

 

 

(501

)

 

 

(735

)

 

 

121

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.1

)%

 

 

 

 

 

 

234

 

 

 

(31.8

)%

 

 

 

(856

)

 

 

(707.4

)%

Income Before Income Taxes

 

 

90,173

 

 

 

82,827

 

 

 

73,986

 

 

 

 

6.2

%

 

 

6.1

%

 

 

6.0

%

 

 

 

7,346

 

 

 

8.9

%

 

 

 

8,841

 

 

 

11.9

%

Provision for Income Taxes

 

 

21,235

 

 

 

21,427

 

 

 

11,110

 

 

 

 

1.4

%

 

 

1.6

%

 

 

0.9

%

 

 

 

(192

)

 

 

(0.9

)%

 

 

 

10,317

 

 

 

92.9

%

Net Income

 

$

68,938

 

 

$

61,400

 

 

$

62,876

 

 

 

 

4.7

%

 

 

4.6

%

 

 

5.1

%

 

 

$

7,538

 

 

 

12.3

%

 

 

$

(1,476

)

 

 

(2.3

)%

 

Year ended December 31, 2019 compared to year ended December 31, 2018

Revenue. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019, was $1,478.5 million, compared to $1,338.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $140.6 million or 10.5%. The increase in revenue was attributable to an increase in governmental revenue of $111.5 million or 13.1% and an increase in commercial revenue of $29.0 million or 6.0%.  The growth in governmental revenue by client markets was driven by increases in revenue from energy, environment, and infrastructure, health, education, and social program clients and safety and security clients compared to the prior year.  The changes in government revenue by client type were driven by the increase in state and local government revenue, from our disaster recovery clients, an increase in federal government revenue, and flat international government revenue. The increase in our commercial revenue by client market was driven by increases in revenue from consumer and financial clients, energy, environments and infrastructure clients, and health, education, and social program clients, partially offset by a decrease in safety and security clients compared to the prior year. As a result of the larger growth in government revenues compared to the growth in commercial revenues, the governmental and commercial revenues as a percent of total revenue were 65% and 35% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared with 64% and 36% for the prior year.

42


Direct costs. Direct costs for the year ended December 31, 2019, were $953.2 million compared to $857.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $95.7 million or 11.2%. The increase in direct costs year-over-year was attributable to an increase in subcontractor and other direct costs of $63.5 million and an increase in direct labor and related fringe costs of $32.2 million. Direct costs as a percent of revenue increased 0.4% to 64.5% for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 64.1% for the prior year.  The increase in both subcontractor and other direct costs and direct labor and related fringe costs is primarily due to an increase in revenue. As we have been successful in winning larger contracts, our own labor services as a percent of direct costs has generally decreased because large contracts typically are broader in scope and require more diverse capabilities, resulting in more subcontracted effort and additional direct costs. The increase in subcontractor and other direct costs was also due to a change in the mix of our services and other direct costs and an increased need for other direct costs to fulfill contract requirements.

Indirect and selling expenses. Indirect and selling expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019, were $395.8 million compared to $361.0 million for the prior year, an increase of $34.8 million or 9.6%. The increase was driven primarily by increased indirect labor and fringe costs to support revenue growth, increased costs to invest in our internal infrastructure and processes, increased professional fees associated with our acquisition activity, an increase in facilities costs due to our continued growth, and the impairment of intangible assets, partially offset by a reduction in bad debt expense due to a change in our estimate of the collectability of amounts due from a client that recently filed for bankruptcy. Indirect and selling expenses as a percent of revenue decreased to 26.8% for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to 27.0% for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in indirect and selling expenses as a percent of revenue is due to our leveraging our indirect and selling expenses and having a lower increase in indirect and selling expenses compared to the increase in revenues.

Indirect and selling expenses generally include our management, facilities, and infrastructure costs for all employees and the salaries and wages related to indirect activities, including stock-based and cash-based incentive compensation provided to employees whose compensation and other benefit costs are included in indirect and selling expenses, plus associated fringe benefits not directly related to client engagements.

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization was $20.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $17.2 million for the prior year, an increase of $2.9 million or 17.1%. The increase in depreciation and amortization is the result of increased depreciation in investments in infrastructure costs made by us over the last few years and accelerated depreciation of leasehold improvements on leases that terminated during the year.

Amortization of intangible assets. Amortization of intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $8.1 million compared to $10.0 million for the prior year. The $1.9 million decrease was primarily due to reduced levels of intangible asset amortization associated with prior acquisitions, partially offset by an increase in amortization from recent acquisitions.

Operating income. For the year ended December 31, 2019, operating income was $101.4 million compared to $92.3 million for the prior year, an increase of $9.1 million or 9.9%. The increase in operating income was largely due to the increase in gross profits of $44.8 million and the decrease in amortization of intangible assets of $1.9 million, offset by higher indirect and selling expenses of $34.8 million and an increase in depreciation and amortization expense of $2.9 million. Operating income as a percent of revenue was 6.9% for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 6.9% for the prior year. The consistent measure of operating income as a percent of revenue is due to the increase in revenue and the leveraging of our indirect and selling expenses and amortization of intangibles, partially offset by the increase in our direct costs and depreciation and amortization as a percentage of revenue.

Interest expense. For the year ended December 31, 2019, interest expense was $10.7 million, compared to $8.7 million for the prior year, an increase of $2.0 million or 23.1%. The higher interest expense was due to higher weighted average debt balances and higher average interest rates for the period ended December 31, 2019 compared to the period ended December 31, 2018.

Other (expense) income. For the year ended December 31, 2019, other expense was $0.5 million compared to other expense of $0.7 million for the prior year. The change was primarily due to a gain in the value of foreign currency swaps and unrealized and realized foreign currency gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the change in the value of foreign currency swaps and unrealized and realized foreign currency gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2018.

43


Provision for income taxes. The effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, was 23.6% and 25.9%, respectively. Our effective tax rate, including state and foreign taxes net of federal benefit for the year ended December 31, 2019, was lower than the statutory tax rate for the year primarily due to tax benefits for stock-based compensation, permanently non-taxable income and state tax credits partially offset by the establishment of a valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets, permanent differences related to compensation costs and other expenses not deductible for tax purposes.

We account for the expected impact of discrete tax items once we determine that they are both reasonably quantified and we are confident they will be realized due to the associated event occurring (such as the filing of an amended tax return, enactment of tax legislation, or the closure of an audit examination).

NON-GAAP MEASURES

These following tables provide reconciliations of financial measures that are not U.S. GAAP (“non-GAAP”) to the most applicable U.S. GAAP measures. While we believe that these non-GAAP financial measures may be useful in evaluating our financial information, they should be considered supplemental in nature and not as a substitute for financial information prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Other companies may define similarly titled non-GAAP measures differently and, accordingly, care should be exercised in understanding how we define these measures.

Service Revenue  

Service revenue represents revenue less subcontractor and other direct costs (which include third-party materials and travel expenses). Service revenue is not a recognized term under U.S. GAAP and should not be considered an alternative to revenue as a measure of operating performance. This presentation of service revenue may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies because other companies may use different methods to prepare similarly titled measures. We believe service revenue is a useful measure to investors since, as a consulting firm, a key source of our profit is revenue obtained from the services that we provide to our clients through our employees.  

The table below presents a reconciliation of revenue to service revenue for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Revenue

 

$

1,478,525

 

 

$

1,337,973

 

 

$

1,229,162

 

Subcontractor and other direct costs

 

 

(475,717

)

 

 

(412,216

)

 

 

(344,913

)

Service revenue

 

$

1,002,808

 

 

$

925,757

 

 

$

884,249

 

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

Earnings before interest and other income and/or expense, tax, and depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) is a measure we use to evaluate operating performance. We believe EBITDA is useful in assessing ongoing trends and, as a result, may provide greater visibility in understanding our operations.

Adjusted EBITDA is EBITDA further adjusted to eliminate the impact of certain items that we do not consider to be indicative of the performance of our ongoing operations. We evaluate these adjustments on an individual basis based on both the quantitative and qualitative aspects of the item, including their size and nature, as well as whether or not we expect them to occur as part of our normal business on a regular basis. We believe that the adjustments applied in calculating adjusted EBITDA are reasonable and appropriate to provide additional information to investors.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized terms under U.S. GAAP and should not be used as alternatives to net income as a measure of operating performance. This presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies because other companies may use different methods to prepare similarly titled measures. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow for management’s discretionary use as these measures do not include certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax payments, capital expenditures and debt service.

44


A reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA follows:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Net income

 

$

68,938

 

 

$

61,400

 

 

$

62,876

 

Other expense (income)

 

 

501

 

 

 

735

 

 

 

(121

)

Interest expense

 

 

10,719

 

 

 

8,710

 

 

 

8,553

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

21,235

 

 

 

21,427

 

 

 

11,110

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

28,182

 

 

 

27,206

 

 

 

28,579

 

EBITDA

 

 

129,575

 

 

 

119,478

 

 

 

110,997

 

Adjustment related to impairment of intangible assets (1)

 

 

1,728

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special charges related to acquisitions (2)

 

 

1,771

 

 

 

1,361

 

 

 

239

 

Special charges related to severance for staff realignment (3)

 

 

1,774

 

 

 

1,554

 

 

 

1,583

 

Special charges related to facilities consolidations, and office closures, and our future corporate headquarters (4)

 

 

717

 

 

 

115

 

 

 

2,060

 

Special charges due to additional cash bonus expense (5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,000

 

Adjustments related to bad debt reserve (6)

 

 

(782

)

 

 

1,240

 

 

 

 

Total special charges and adjustments

 

 

5,208

 

 

 

4,270

 

 

 

6,882

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

134,783

 

 

$

123,748

 

 

$

117,879

 

 

(1)

Adjustment related to impairment of intangible assets: We recognized impairment expense of $1.7 million in the second quarter of 2019 related to intangible assets associated with a historical business acquisition.

(2)

Special charges related to acquisitions: These costs consist primarily of consultants and other outside party costs, and an adjustment to the contingent consideration liability from a previous acquisition.

(3)

Special charges related to severance for staff realignment: These costs are due to involuntary employee termination benefits for Company officers or groups of employees who have been terminated as part of a consolidation or reorganization.  

(4)

Special charges related to facilities consolidations, office closures, and our future corporate headquarters: These costs are exit costs associated with terminated leases or full office closures.  The exit costs include charges incurred under a contractual obligation that existed as of the date of the accrual and for which we will continue to pay until the contractual obligation is satisfied but with no economic benefit to us.  Additionally, we incurred one-time charges with respect to the execution of a new lease agreement for our corporate headquarters.

(5)

Special charges due to additional cash bonus expense: In response to the Tax Act, we increased the portion of bonuses that will be paid in cash, which increased the amount that can be deducted for income tax purposes for 2017.  

(6)

Adjustments related to bad debt reserve: During 2018, we established a bad debt reserve for amounts due from a utility client that had filed for bankruptcy and included the reserve as an adjustment due to its relative size. The adjustment in 2019 reflects a favorable revision of our prior estimate of collectability based on a third party acquiring the receivables.

Non-GAAP Diluted Earnings per Share

Non-GAAP diluted EPS represents diluted EPS excluding the impact of certain items such as impairment of intangible assets, acquisition expenses, severance for staff realignment, facility consolidations and office closures, and certain adjustments to the bad debt reserve (which are also excluded from Adjusted EBITDA, as described further above), as well as the impact of amortization of intangible assets related to our acquisitions and income tax effects. While these adjustments may be recurring and not infrequent or unusual, we do not consider these adjustments to be indicative of the performance of our ongoing operations. Non-GAAP diluted EPS is not a recognized term under U.S. GAAP and is not an alternative to basic or diluted EPS as a measure of performance. This presentation of non-GAAP diluted EPS may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies because other companies may use different methods to prepare similarly titled measures. We believe that the supplemental adjustments applied in calculating non-GAAP diluted EPS are reasonable and appropriate to provide additional information to investors.

45


The following table presents a reconciliation of diluted EPS to non-GAAP diluted EPS for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Diluted EPS

 

$

3.59

 

 

$

3.18

 

 

$

3.27

 

Adjustment related to impairment of intangible assets

 

 

0.09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special charges related to acquisitions

 

 

0.10

 

 

 

0.07

 

 

 

0.01

 

Special charges related to severance for staff realignment

 

 

0.09

 

 

 

0.08

 

 

 

0.08

 

Special charges related to facilities consolidations and office closures, and our future corporate headquarters

 

 

0.08

 

 

 

0.01

 

 

 

0.12

 

Special charges due to additional cash bonus expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.16

 

Adjustments related to bad debt reserve

 

 

(0.04

)

 

 

0.06

 

 

 

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

 

0.42

 

 

 

0.52

 

 

 

0.57

 

Income tax effects on amortization, special charges, and adjustments

 

 

(0.18

)

 

 

(0.19

)

 

 

(0.35

)

Adjustments for changes in the tax rate under new Tax Act

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.84

)

Non-GAAP EPS

 

$

4.15

 

 

$

3.73

 

 

$

3.02

 

 

(1)

Income tax effects were calculated using an effective U.S. GAAP tax rate of 23.6%, 25.9% and 15.0% (or 37.0% effective tax rate for the period prior to any adjustments for the new Tax Act) for the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity and Borrowing Capacity. Short-term liquidity requirements are created by our use of funds for working capital, capital expenditures, and the need to provide any debt service. We expect to meet these requirements through a combination of cash flow from operations and borrowings. Our primary source of borrowings is from our Fifth Amended and Restated Business Loan and Security Agreement with a syndicate of 11 commercial banks (the “Credit Facility”), as described in “Note 9Long-Term Debt” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” We believe that the combination of internally generated funds, cash and cash equivalents on hand and available bank borrowings will provide the required liquidity and capital resources necessary to fund on-going operations, capital expenditures and acquisitions, quarterly cash dividends and organic growth. Additionally, we continuously analyze our capital structure to ensure we have sufficient capital to fund future significant, strategic acquisitions. We monitor the state of the financial markets on a regular basis to assess the availability and cost of additional capital resources. We believe that we will be able to access these markets at commercially reasonable terms and conditions if we need additional borrowings or capital. In January 2020, the Company borrowed on the Credit Facility to provide the initial financing of our $255 million acquisition of ITG.

During the year we drew upon our Credit Facility due to temporary declines in our cash flows from operations. The decline in cash flow from operations had been primarily driven by the extended timing of client billings and collections associated with a contract for which we support disaster relief and rebuilding efforts. Due to factors such as the overall stress of such situations, political complexities and challenges among involved government agencies, the timing of cash flow from such operations is more uncertain than others. Moreover, the billing processes for such contracts have complex reporting requirements and the funding processes have been slow to distribute funds once billed. Management continues to address the cash flows from the disaster relief and rebuild effort to bring the collections to a more current basis and reduce our need to draw upon our Credit Facility to fund operations.

Financial Condition. There were several changes in our balance sheet during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the balance sheet as of December 31, 2018. Cash and cash equivalents decreased to $6.5 million on December 31, 2019, from $11.7 million on December 31, 2018. Restricted cash (current and non-current) decreased $1.3 million. These changes are further discussed in “Cash Flow” below.

46


Contract receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, increased to $261.2 million compared to $231.0 million on December 31, 2018 primarily due to extended timing of billings and collections associated with a contract for which we support disaster relief and rebuilding efforts. Contract receivables are a significant component of our working capital and generally increase due to revenue growth and may be favorably or unfavorably impacted by our collection efforts, including timing from new contract startups, and other short-term fluctuations related to the payment practices of our clients. Contract assets and contract liabilities, on a contract by contract basis, represent revenue in excess of billings, and billings in excess of revenue, respectively, both of which generally arise from revenue timing and contractually stipulated billing schedules or billing complexity. At December 31, 2019, contract assets and contract liabilities were $142.3 million and $37.4 million, respectively, compared to $126.7 million and $33.5 million, respectively, at December 31, 2018.

We evaluate our collections efforts using the days-sales-outstanding ratio, or DSO, which we calculate by dividing total accounts receivable (contract receivables, net and contract assets, less contract liabilities) by revenue per day for the three months ended December 31, 2019. Days-sales-outstanding increased to 83 days compared to 77 days during the prior year primarily due to timing differences in client billings and collections driven largely by disaster relief and rebuilding efforts, which have complex reporting and billing requirements and have been slow to pay our invoices. The DSO, excluding disaster relief and rebuilding efforts, was 71 days for the year ended December 31, 2019, same as 71 days for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Property and equipment, net of depreciation and amortization, increased due to capital expenditures primarily related to increases in leasehold improvements, capitalized software, and computer equipment as we invest in our infrastructure.

Goodwill, as discussed in “Note 5—Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”, increased due to an immaterial correction of an error from a prior acquisition, settlement of contingent or extended commitments under certain purchase agreements, and the impact of foreign currency translation. The goodwill and other intangible assets and related amortization of other intangible assets are expected to increase with our recent acquisition of ITG.

Effective January 1, 2019, the Company implemented ASU 2016-02 (as defined and described in “Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Recent Accounting Pronouncements Adopted – Leases”). The standard, among other changes, requires lessees to recognize, for all leases with terms of greater than one year, an operating lease right-of-use asset and a corresponding operating lease liability (current and non-current), which depicts the rights and obligations arising from an operating lease agreement. As a result, the Company has reflected an operating lease right-of-use asset totaling $134.0 million related to its operating leases and $32.5 million and $119.3 million of current and non-current operating lease liabilities as of December 31, 2019, respectively. The adoption of the new standard is discussed in “Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Recent Accounting Pronouncements Adopted – Leases ” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Total current liabilities, exclusive of the current portion of operating lease liabilities and contract liabilities (both of which are discussed above), consists of: accounts payable, accrued salaries and benefits, accrued subcontractors and other direct costs and accrued expenses and other current liabilities.  These operating liabilities were $268.1 million at December 31, 2019, an increase of $23.5 million from $244.6 million at December 31, 2018. The net increase in these liabilities was due primarily to timing of payments during 2019.

Long-term debt decreased to $165.4 million on December 31, 2019 from $200.4 million on December 31, 2018, primarily due to net payments on our Credit Facility of $35.0. The average debt balance on the Credit Facility for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $268.6 million and $237.0 million, respectively. The average interest rate on the Credit Facility, excluding any fees and unamortized debt issuance costs, for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was 3.6% and 3.3%, respectively. We generally utilize cash flow from operations as our primary source of funding and turn to our Credit Facility to fund any temporary fluctuations such as increases in contract receivables, reductions in accounts payable and accrued expenses, purchase of treasury stock, payment of declared dividends, additional capital expenditures, and to meet funding requirements for new acquisitions. In January 2020, the Company borrowed on the Credit Facility to provide the initial financing of our $255 million acquisition of ITG.

47


On August 8, 2018, we entered into two floating-to-fixed interest rate hedging agreements for an aggregate notional amount of $75.0 million to hedge a portion of our Credit Facility to help manage the risk related to interest rate volatility and designated the swap as a cash flow hedge. The cash flows from the hedges began on August 31, 2018 and the swap matures August 31, 2023. These hedging agreements add to the agreement that we had entered into in 2017. At December 31, 2019, the aggregate notional amount hedged totaled $100.0 million, excluding the hedge sold on December 1, 2016, and were valued at an unrealized loss of $3.8 million, before tax, and are included in other liabilities and accumulated other comprehensive loss. See “Note 11—Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

On February 20, 2020, the Company entered into a floating-to-fixed interest rate swap agreement (the “Swap”) for a notional amount of $100.0 million in order to hedge a portion of the Company’s floating rate Credit Facility (which is discussed in Note 11 – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.) Similar to the previous swap agreements that the Company has entered into, this Swap is intended to mitigate the risk of rising interest rates. The Swaps provide a fixed rate of 1.2940% per annum on the notional amount. The cash flows from the Swap began February 28, 2020 and end on February 28, 2025.

The decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $0.4 million was driven by $3.2 million of comprehensive income from the change in the value of certain foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar (primarily the British Pound, Euro and Canadian dollar), offset by a comprehensive loss from a change of $2.2 million in the fair value of the interest rate hedging instruments as described above. See “Note 13—Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

We have explored various options of mitigating the risk associated with potential fluctuations in the foreign currencies in which we conduct transactions. We currently have hedges in an amount proportionate to work anticipated to be performed under certain contracts in Europe. We recognize changes in the fair-value of the hedges in our results of operations. We may increase the number, size and scope of our hedges as we analyze options for mitigating our foreign exchange and interest rate risk. The current impact of the foreign currency hedges to the consolidated financial statements is immaterial.

Share Repurchase Program. In September 2017 the board of directors approved a share repurchase program that authorizes share repurchases in the aggregate up to $100.0 million. Our total repurchases are also limited by the Credit Facility as described in “Note 18Share Repurchase Program” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”.  Our overall repurchase limit is the lower of the amount imposed by our board of directors and by the Credit Facility.  Purchases under the repurchase program may be made from time to time at prevailing market prices in open market purchases or in privately negotiated transactions pursuant to Rules 10b5-1 and 10b-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and in accordance with applicable insider trading and other securities laws and regulations. The purchases will be funded from existing cash balances and/or borrowings, and the repurchased shares will be held in treasury and used for general corporate purposes. The timing and extent to which we repurchase our shares will depend upon market conditions and other corporate considerations, as may be considered in our sole discretion. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we repurchased 248,000 shares under this program at an average price of $72.79 per share. As of December 31, 2019, $68.0 million remained available for share repurchases under the share repurchase program.

Dividends.  Cash dividends declared in 2019 were as follows:

 

Dividend Declaration Date

 

Dividend Per Share

 

 

Record Date

 

Payment Date

February 26, 2019

 

$

0.14

 

 

March 29, 2019

 

April 16, 2019

May 2, 2019

 

$

0.14

 

 

June 14, 2019

 

July 16, 2019

August 1, 2019

 

$

0.14

 

 

September 13, 2019

 

October 15, 2019

November 6, 2019

 

$

0.14

 

 

December 13, 2019

 

January 14, 2020

48


 

Cash Flows. We consider cash on deposit and all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash and cash equivalents. The following table sets forth our sources and uses of cash for the following years. 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

91,440

 

 

$

74,670

 

 

$

117,191

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(30,470

)

 

 

(56,387

)

 

 

(14,604

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(67,640

)

 

 

(28,771

)

 

 

(87,300

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

166

 

 

 

(792

)

 

 

1,094

 

(Decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

$

(6,504

)

 

$

(11,280

)

 

$

16,381

 

 

Our operating cash flows are primarily affected by the overall profitability of our contracts, our ability to invoice and collect from our clients in a timely manner, and the timing of vendor and subcontractor payments in accordance with negotiated payment terms. We bill most of our clients on a monthly basis after services are rendered.

Operating activities provided $91.4 million in cash for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to cash provided by operating activities of $74.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in cash flows provided by operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the prior year was primarily due to the improvement in net income, a slower growth rate in the contract receivables and net contract assets and liabilities, and continued increase in the use of equity compensation, partially offset by the use of cash to decrease our operating liabilities. While the growth rate of our contract receivables has declined, we still experienced an increase in contract receivables primarily due to the slower collection from our disaster relief and rebuild client, as evidenced by the increase in DSO from 77 days for the year ended December 31, 2018 to 83 days for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in our operating liabilities is a result of our timing of payments through the fourth quarter of 2019.

Investing activities used cash of $30.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $56.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Our cash flows used in investing activities consists primarily of capital expenditures and acquisitions.  The cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 included $26.9 million for capital expenditures and acquisitions of $3.6 million.  The cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 included business acquisitions cost of $34.6 million and $21.8 million of capital expenditures.

Our cash flows used in financing activities consists primarily of debt and equity transactions. For the year ended 2019, cash flows used in financing activities were primarily due to net payments on our Credit Facility of $35.0 million, dividends paid of $10.5 million, and share repurchases under our share repurchase plan and shares purchased from employees to pay required withholding taxes related to settlement of restricted stock units of $23.4 million. For the year ended 2018, cash flows used in financing activities were primarily due to net payments on our Credit Facility of $5.8 million, dividends paid of $7.9 million, and share repurchases under our share repurchase plan and shares purchased from employees to pay required withholding taxes related to settlement of restricted stock units of $17.1 million.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

Contractual Obligations

We had nine outstanding letters of credit provided for under our Credit Facility with a total value of $3.0 million, primarily related to deposits to support our facility leases.

49


The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019 that require us to make future cash payments. Our summary of contractual obligations includes payments that we have an unconditional obligation to make.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments due by Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

 

 

1 to 3

 

 

3 to 5

 

 

More than

 

(in thousands)

 

Total

 

 

1 year

 

 

years

 

 

years

 

 

5 years

 

Long-term debt obligation (1)

 

$

178,834

 

 

$

5,642

 

 

$

173,192

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Operating lease obligations (2)

 

 

322,657

 

 

 

38,214

 

 

 

73,226

 

 

 

37,758

 

 

 

173,459

 

Other obligations related to acquisitions

 

 

3,923

 

 

 

2,703

 

 

 

1,220

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

505,414

 

 

$

46,559

 

 

$

247,638

 

 

$

37,758

 

 

$

173,459

 

 

(1)

Represents the obligation for principal and variable interest payments related to the Credit Facility assuming the principal amount outstanding and interest rates at December 31, 2019 remain fixed through maturity. These assumptions are subject to change in future periods.

(2)

Operating lease obligations include leases of facilities and equipment. See “Note 6—Leases” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” The operating lease obligations includes the contractual obligations related to our new HQ lease in Reston, Virginia.

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to certain financial market risks, the most predominant being fluctuations in interest rates for borrowings under the Credit Facility and foreign exchange rate risk.

We monitor interest rate fluctuations and outlook as an integral part of our overall risk management program, which recognizes the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to reduce potentially adverse effects of higher interest rates on our results of operations. As part of this strategy, we may use interest rate swap arrangements to hedge all or a portion of our interest rate risk by securing hedges that effectively convert our variable rate debt to fixed rate debt. We do not use such instruments for speculative or trading purposes. Our exposure to market risk includes changes in interest rates for borrowings under the Credit Facility. These borrowings accrue interest at variable rates. Based on our borrowings under this facility and amount of hedging in 2019, a 1% increase in interest rates would have increased interest expense by approximately $2.7 million, and would have decreased our annual net income and operating cash flows by a comparable amount. At December 31, 2019, we have three interest rate swap agreements with a total aggregate notional amount of $100.0 million to hedge against changes in interest rates and offset potential increases in interest expense.  See “Note 11—Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

As a result of conducting business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, we are subject to market risk with respect to adverse fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In general, our currency risk is mitigated largely by matching costs with revenues in a given currency. However, our exposure to fluctuations in other currencies against the U.S. dollar increases as a greater portion of our revenue is generated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We currently have hedges in place to mitigate our foreign exchange risk related to our operations in Europe; however, given the amount of business conducted in Europe, there is some risk that revenue and profits will be affected by foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. We use a sensitivity analysis to assess the impact of movement in foreign currency exchange rates on revenue. During the year ended December 31, 2019, 7.9% of our revenue was generated from our international operations based on the location to which a contract was awarded. As a result, a 10% increase or decrease in the value of the U.S. dollar against all currencies would have an estimated impact on revenue of approximately 1.3%, or $17.7 million. Actual gains and losses in the future could differ materially from this analysis based on the timing and amount of both foreign currency exchange rate movements and our actual exposure. As of December 31, 2019, we held approximately $7.1 million in cash in foreign bank accounts to be utilized on behalf of our foreign subsidiaries, thereby partially mitigating foreign currency conversion risks.

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The consolidated financial statements of ICF International, Inc. and subsidiaries are provided in Part IV in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

50


ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Based on an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, were effective as of December 31, 2019 to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms and (ii) accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)). Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on the assessment, management has concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2019. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Grant Thornton LLP, has issued an audit report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears on page F-2 of this Form 10-K.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting, and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Company’s assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP; (iii) that the Company’s receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management and directors; and (iv) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There were no material changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the last quarter of 2019, which were identified in connection with management’s evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Inherent Limitations Over Internal Controls. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable (not absolute) assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of internal controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. Because of the inherent limitations in any control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be detected. Also, any evaluations of the effectiveness of controls in future periods are subject to the risk that those internal controls may become inadequate because of changes in business conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.

51


PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “2020 Proxy Statement”) and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item will be included in the 2020 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item will be included in the 2020 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13.

The information required by this item will be included in the 2020 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item will be included in the 2020 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

52


PART IV

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(1) Financial Statements

 

 

  

Page

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  

 

F-1

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018

  

 

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017

  

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017

  

 

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017

  

 

F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  

 

F-8

Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

  

 

F-33

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

None.

(3) Exhibits

The following exhibits are included with this report or incorporated herein by reference:

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit

 

 

 

  3.1

  

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q, filed August 3, 2017).

 

 

 

  3.2

  

Amended and Restated Bylaws (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 2, 2017).

 

 

 

  4.1

  

Specimen common stock certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form S-1/A (File No. 333-134018), filed September 12, 2006).

 

 

 

  4.2

  

See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2, above, for provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company defining the rights of holders of common stock of the Company.

 

 

 

  4.3

  

Description of Securities. *

 

 

 

10.1

  

2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-134018), filed May 11, 2006). +

 

 

 

10.2

  

ICF International, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 1, 2013). +

 

 

 

10.3

  

ICF International, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, filed April 20, 2018). +

 

 

 

10.4

  

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 1, 2018). +

 

 

 

10.5

  

Form of Non-Employee Restricted Stock Unit Award under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 27, 2018). +

 

 

 

10.6

 

Form of CEO Performance Share Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 1, 2018). +

 

 

 

10.7

 

Form of COO Performance Share Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 1, 2018). +

 

 

 

10.8

 

Form of General Performance Share Award Agreement under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 1, 2018). +

 

 

 

10.9

 

Form of Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Unit Award under the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed June 1, 2018). +

53


Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit

 

 

 

10.10

  

Restated Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Sudhakar Kesavan, dated December 29, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed December 30, 2008). +

 

 

 

10.11

  

Restated Severance Protection Agreement by and between the Company and Sudhakar Kesavan, dated December 29, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed December 30, 2008). +

 

 

 

10.12

  

Restated Severance Protection Agreement between John Wasson and ICF International, Inc. dated October 1, 2019 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed October 1, 2019).+

 

 

 

10.13

  

Amended Severance Letter Agreement by and between the Company and John Wasson, dated December 12, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed December 18, 2008). +

 

 

 

10.14

  

Employment Terms by and between the Company and James C. Morgan, dated June 8, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q, filed August 6, 2012). +

 

 

 

10.15

  

Severance Benefit/Protection Agreement by and between the Company and James C. Morgan, dated June 8, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q, filed August 6, 2012). +

 

 

 

10.16

  

Severance Letter Agreement by and between the Company and Ellen Glover, dated February 21, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q, filed May 4, 2012). +

 

 

 

10.17

  

Severance Letter Agreement by and between the Company and Sergio J. Ostria, dated March 6, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed on March 8, 2016). +

 

 

 

10.18

 

Fifth Amended and Restated Business Loan and Security Agreement, dated May 17, 2017 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed May 18, 2017).

 

 

 

10.19

  

Deed of Lease by and between Hunters Branch Leasing, LLC and ICF Consulting Group, Inc., effective April 1, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed March 11, 2010).

 

 

 

10.20

 

Lease Agreement between ICF Consulting Group, Inc. and CRS Plaza II, LLC, dated as of October 24, 2019 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed October 30, 2019).

 

 

 

10.21

 

Equity Purchase Agreement between Incentive Technology Group, LLC, Project Lucky Holdings, LLC, Shadi Michelle Branch, Adam Branch, and ICF Incorporated, L.L.C., dated January 13, 2020 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K/A, filed January 14, 2020).

 

 

 

21.0

  

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.*

 

 

 

23.1

  

Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.*

 

 

 

31.1

  

Certificate of the Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a).*

 

 

 

31.2

  

Certificate of the Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a).*

 

 

 

32.1

  

Certifications of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

 

 

 

32.2

 

Certifications of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*

 

 

 

101

  

The following materials from the ICF International, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 formatted in Inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language (iXBRL): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. *

 

 

 

104

 

The cover page from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, formatted in Inline XBRL

 

*

Submitted electronically herewith.

+

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit.

 

54


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

February 28, 2020

 

 

ICF INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/    JOHN WASSON        

 

 

 

 

 

John Wasson

 

 

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/    JOHN WASSON

  

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

February 28, 2020

 

John Wasson

 

 

 

 /s/    SUDHAKAR KESAVAN

Executive Chairman and Director

 February 28, 2020

 

Sudhakar Kesavan

 

 

 

 

 

/s/    JAMES MORGAN 

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

February 28, 2020

 

James Morgan

 

 

 

/s/    THERESA GOLINVAUX

  

Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

February 28, 2020

 

Theresa Golinvaux

 

 

 

/s/    EILEEN O’SHEA AUEN   

  

Director

 

February 28, 2020

 

Eileen O’Shea Auen

 

 

 

/s/    Dr. SRIKANT M. DATAR    

  

Director

 

February 28, 2020

 

Dr. Srikant M. Datar

 

 

 

/s/    CHERYL GRISÉ  

  

Director

 

February 28, 2020

 

Cheryl Grisé

 

 

 

/s/    PETER SCHULTE   

  

Director

 

February 28, 2020

 

Peter Schulte

 

 

 

/s/    MICHAEL VAN HANDEL

 

Director

 

February 28, 2020

 

Michael Van Handel

 

 

 

 

 

/s/    RANDALL MEHL   

  

Director

 

February 28, 2020

 

Randall Mehl

 

 

 

 

 

 

55


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Board of Directors and Stockholders

ICF International, Inc.

Opinion on the financial statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ICF International,  Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated February 28, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion.

Change in accounting principle

As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases as of January 1, 2019, in accordance with the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 842, Leases.

Basis for opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical audit matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Revenue Recognition – Estimates-at-Completion

As described further in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company generally recognizes revenue over time as control transfers to a client, based on the extent of progress towards satisfaction of the related performance obligation.  The selection of the method used to measure progress requires judgment and is dependent on the contract type selected by the client during contract negotiation and the nature of the services and solutions to be provided.  For performance obligations requiring the delivery of a service for a fixed price, the Company uses the ratio of actual costs incurred to total estimated costs, provided that costs incurred (an input model) represents a reasonable measure of progress toward the satisfaction of a performance obligation, in order to estimate the portion of total transaction price earned.   We identified the initial development and subsequent changes related to estimates-at-completion as a critical audit matter.

F-1


The principal considerations for our determination that the use of estimates-at-completion in recognizing revenue is a critical audit matter are the significant management judgments involved in the initial creation and subsequent updates to the Company’s estimates-at-completion and related profit recognized, which required challenging and subjective auditor judgment in the execution of our procedures. Inputs and assumptions requiring significant management judgment included anticipated direct labor, subcontract labor, and other direct costs required to deliver on unfinished performance obligations.

Our audit procedures in response to this matter included the following, among others.

 

We tested the design and operating effectiveness of controls relating to the initial drafting of estimates-at-completion and the ongoing monitoring of changes in estimates specific to the estimates-at-completion.

 

We tested management’s process for developing, revising and applying estimates-at-completion to a sample of contracts.  Our testing included evaluating key inputs and assumptions by comparing them to underlying supporting documentation or other corroborating evidence, such as subcontractor agreements, historical hours for similar service offerings, or other contractual documentation that supports estimated costs.

 

We performed analytical procedures of gross margin fluctuations on a contract by contract basis to corroborate cumulative catch-up adjustments or forward loss provisions on negative margins.

 

We obtained subsequent event information on a contract-by-contract basis and performed a “look-back” analysis of contracts completed during the year ended December 31, 2019 and compared the final gross margin to the estimated margins throughout the contract life cycle to assess the Company’s ability to develop reliable estimates.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2000.

Arlington, Virginia

February 28, 2020

F-2


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Board of Directors and Stockholders

ICF International, Inc.

Opinion on internal control over financial reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of ICF International, Inc.  (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019, and our report dated February 28, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Arlington, Virginia

February 28, 2020

 

 

F-3


ICF INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

6,482

 

 

$

11,694

 

Contract receivables, net

 

 

261,176

 

 

 

230,966

 

Contract assets

 

 

142,337

 

 

 

126,688

 

Prepaid expenses and other

 

 

17,402

 

 

 

16,253

 

Income tax receivable

 

 

7,320

 

 

 

6,505

 

Total Current Assets

 

 

434,717

 

 

 

392,106

 

Total Property and Equipment, net

 

 

58,237

 

 

 

48,105

 

Other Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted cash - non-current

 

 

 

 

 

1,292

 

Goodwill

 

 

719,934

 

 

 

715,644

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

 

25,829

 

 

 

35,494

 

Operating lease - right-of-use assets

 

 

133,965

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

24,535

 

 

 

21,221

 

Total Assets

 

$

1,397,217

 

 

$

1,213,862

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

134,578

 

 

$

102,599

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

37,413

 

 

 

33,494

 

Operating lease liabilities - current

 

 

32,500

 

 

 

 

Accrued salaries and benefits

 

 

52,130

 

 

 

44,103

 

Accrued subcontractors and other direct costs

 

 

45,619

 

 

 

58,791

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

35,742

 

 

 

39,072

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

337,982

 

 

 

278,059

 

Long-term Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

 

165,444

 

 

 

200,424

 

Operating lease liabilities - non-current

 

 

119,250

 

 

 

 

Deferred rent

 

 

 

 

 

13,938

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

37,621

 

 

 

40,165

 

Other

 

 

22,369

 

 

 

20,859

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

682,666

 

 

 

553,445

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingencies (Note 20)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share; 5,000,000 shares

authorized; none issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $.001 par value; 70,000,000 shares authorized; 22,846,374 and 22,445,576 shares issued; and 18,867,555 and 18,817,495 shares outstanding at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively

 

 

23

 

 

 

22

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

346,795

 

 

 

326,208

 

Retained earnings

 

 

544,840

 

 

 

486,442

 

Treasury stock, 3,978,819 and 3,628,081 shares at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively

 

 

(164,963

)

 

 

(139,704

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(12,144

)

 

 

(12,551

)

Total Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

714,551

 

 

 

660,417

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

$

1,397,217

 

 

$

1,213,862

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

F-4


ICF International, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Revenue

 

$

1,478,525

 

 

$

1,337,973

 

 

$

1,229,162

 

Direct costs

 

 

953,187

 

 

 

857,508

 

 

 

771,725

 

Operating costs and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Indirect and selling expenses

 

 

395,763

 

 

 

360,987

 

 

 

346,440

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

20,099

 

 

 

17,163

 

 

 

17,691

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

8,083

 

 

 

10,043

 

 

 

10,888

 

Total operating costs and expenses

 

 

423,945

 

 

 

388,193

 

 

 

375,019

 

Operating income

 

 

101,393

 

 

 

92,272

 

 

 

82,418

 

Interest expense

 

 

(10,719

)

 

 

(8,710

)

 

 

(8,553

)

Other (expense) income

 

 

(501

)

 

 

(735

)

 

 

121

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

90,173

 

 

 

82,827

 

 

 

73,986

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

21,235

 

 

 

21,427

 

 

 

11,110

 

Net income

 

$

68,938

 

 

$

61,400

 

 

$

62,876

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

3.66

 

 

$

3.27

 

 

$

3.35

 

Diluted

 

$

3.59

 

 

$

3.18

 

 

$

3.27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

18,816

 

 

 

18,797

 

 

 

18,766

 

Diluted

 

 

19,224

 

 

 

19,335

 

 

 

19,244

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared per common share

 

 

0.56

 

 

 

0.56

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

407

 

 

 

(6,683

)

 

 

4,601

 

Comprehensive income, net of tax

 

$

69,345

 

 

$

54,717

 

 

$

67,477

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

F-5


ICF International, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional

Paid-in

 

 

Retained

 

 

Treasury Stock

 

 

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Loss

 

 

Total

 

Balance at January 1, 2017

 

 

19,021

 

 

$

22

 

 

$

292,427

 

 

$

371,890

 

 

 

2,642

 

 

$

(88,695

)

 

$

(9,640

)

 

$

566,004

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62,876

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62,876

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,601

 

 

 

4,601

 

Equity compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,985

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

306

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,291

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

176

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,722

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,722

 

Issuance of shares pursuant to vesting of restricted stock units

 

 

180

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net payments for stock issuances and buybacks

 

 

(715

)

 

 

 

 

 

687

 

 

 

 

 

 

715

 

 

 

(33,151

)

 

 

 

 

 

(32,464

)

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

 

18,662

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

307,821

 

 

 

434,766

 

 

 

3,357

 

 

 

(121,540

)

 

 

(5,039

)

 

 

616,030

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61,400

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,683

)

 

 

(6,683

)

Equity compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,328

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

178

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,506

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

209

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,842

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,842

 

Issuance of shares pursuant to vesting of restricted stock units

 

 

226

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net payments for stock issuances and buybacks

 

 

(280

)

 

 

 

 

 

1,217

 

 

 

 

 

 

280

 

 

 

(18,342

)

 

 

 

 

 

(17,125

)

Reclassification of stranded tax effects due to adoption of accounting principle

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

829

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(829

)

 

 

 

Dividends declared

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,553

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,553

)

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

 

18,817

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

326,208

 

 

 

486,442

 

 

 

3,629

 

 

 

(139,704

)

 

 

(12,551

)

 

 

660,417

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68,938

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68,938

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

407

 

 

 

407

 

Equity compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,818

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,818

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

94

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,924

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,924

 

Issuance of shares pursuant to vesting of restricted stock units

 

 

306

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Net payments for stock issuances and buybacks

 

 

(349

)

 

 

 

 

 

1,845

 

 

 

 

 

 

349

 

 

 

(25,259

)

 

 

 

 

 

(23,414

)

Dividends declared

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,540

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,540

)

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

 

18,868

 

 

$

23

 

 

$

346,795

 

 

$

544,840

 

 

 

3,978

 

 

$

(164,963

)

 

$

(12,144

)

 

$

714,551

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

F-6


ICF International, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

68,938

 

 

$

61,400

 

 

$

62,876

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bad debt expense

 

 

624

 

 

 

2,480

 

 

 

1,480

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(123

)

 

 

5,100

 

 

 

(7,390

)

Non-cash equity compensation

 

 

15,818

 

 

 

11,506

 

 

 

10,291

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

28,182

 

 

 

27,206

 

 

 

28,579

 

Deferred rent

 

 

(1,247

)

 

 

523

 

 

 

(177

)

Facilities consolidation reserve

 

 

(274

)

 

 

(260

)

 

 

1,479

 

Remeasurement of contingent acquisition liability

 

 

 

 

 

505

 

 

 

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

 

507

 

 

 

510

 

 

 

673

 

Impairment of long-lived assets

 

 

1,728

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other adjustments, net

 

 

181

 

 

 

449

 

 

 

275

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of the effect of acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net contract assets and liabilities

 

 

(11,963

)

 

 

(14,148

)

 

 

405

 

Contract receivables

 

 

(31,300

)

 

 

(60,096

)

 

 

702

 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

1,997

 

 

 

(6,650

)

 

 

(1,844

)

Accounts payable

 

 

31,949

 

 

 

28,309

 

 

 

3,631

 

Accrued salaries and benefits

 

 

8,012

 

 

 

(2,159

)

 

 

5,597

 

Accrued subcontractors and other direct costs

 

 

(12,293

)

 

 

10,762

 

 

 

15,507

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

(4,951

)

 

 

11,120

 

 

 

(2,250

)

Income tax receivable and payable

 

 

(4,489

)

 

 

(2,063

)

 

 

(5,697

)

Other liabilities

 

 

144

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

3,054

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

 

 

91,440

 

 

 

74,670

 

 

 

117,191

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures for property and equipment and capitalized software

 

 

(26,901

)

 

 

(21,812

)

 

 

(14,513

)

Payments for business acquisitions, net of cash received

 

 

(3,569

)

 

 

(34,575

)

 

 

(91

)

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

 

 

(30,470

)

 

 

(56,387

)

 

 

(14,604

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advances from working capital facilities

 

 

686,830

 

 

 

573,991

 

 

 

590,225

 

Payments on working capital facilities

 

 

(721,809

)

 

 

(579,817

)

 

 

(643,363

)

Payments on capital expenditure obligations

 

 

(1,621

)

 

 

(3,726

)

 

 

(4,808

)

Debt issue costs

 

 

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(1,612

)

Proceeds from exercise of options

 

 

2,914

 

 

 

5,842

 

 

 

4,722

 

Dividends paid

 

 

(10,540

)

 

 

(7,915

)

 

 

 

Net payments for stockholder issuances and buybacks

 

 

(23,414

)

 

 

(17,125

)

 

 

(32,464

)

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

 

 

(67,640

)

 

 

(28,771

)

 

 

(87,300

)

Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash

 

 

166

 

 

 

(792

)

 

 

1,094

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Decrease) Increase in Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash

 

 

(6,504

)

 

 

(11,280

)

 

 

16,381

 

Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash, Beginning of Period

 

 

12,986

 

 

 

24,266

 

 

 

7,885

 

Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash, End of Period

 

$

6,482

 

 

$

12,986

 

 

$

24,266

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

10,424

 

 

$

9,893

 

 

$

7,922

 

Income taxes

 

$

26,595

 

 

$

14,870

 

 

$

21,659

 

Non-cash investing and financing transactions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred and contingent consideration arising from businesses acquired

 

$

 

 

$

8,391

 

 

$

 

Capital expenditure obligations

 

$

 

 

$

6,121

 

 

$

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

F-7


ICF International, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollar amounts in tables in thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 1 - BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ICF International, Inc. (“ICFI”) and its principal subsidiary, ICF Consulting Group, Inc. (“Consulting,” and together with ICFI, “the Company”), and have been prepared in accordance with United States (“U.S.”) generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). Consulting is a wholly owned subsidiary of ICFI. ICFI is a holding company with no operations or assets other than its investment in the common stock of Consulting. All other subsidiaries of the Company are wholly owned by Consulting. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Nature of Operations

The Company provides professional services and technology-based solutions to government and commercial clients, including management, marketing, technology, and policy consulting and implementation services, in the areas of energy, environment, and infrastructure; health, education, and social programs; safety and security; and consumer and financial. The Company offers a full range of services to these clients throughout the entire life cycle of a policy, program, project, or initiative, from research and analysis and assessment and advice to design and implementation of programs and technology-based solutions, and the provision of engagement services and programs.

The Company’s major clients are U.S. federal government departments and agencies, most significantly the Department of Health and Human Services, Department of State and Department of Defense. The Company also serves U.S. state (including territories) and local government departments and agencies, international governments, and commercial clients worldwide. Commercial clients include airlines, airports, electric and gas utilities, oil companies, hospitals, health insurers and other health-related companies, banks and other financial services companies, transportation, travel and hospitality firms, non-profits/associations, law firms, manufacturing firms, retail chains, and distribution companies. The term “federal” or “federal government” refers to the U.S. federal government, and “state and local” or “state and local government” refers to U.S. state (including territories) and local governments, unless otherwise indicated.

The Company, incorporated in Delaware, is headquartered in Fairfax, Virginia. It maintains offices throughout the world, including over 75 offices in the U.S. and U.S. territories and more than 15 offices in key markets outside the U.S., including offices in the United Kingdom (“U.K.), Belgium, China, India and Canada.

 

 

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Areas of the consolidated financial statements where estimates may have the most significant effect include contractual and regulatory reserves, valuation and lives of tangible and intangible assets, contingent consideration related to business acquisitions, impairment of long-lived assets, accrued liabilities, revenue recognition and costs to complete fixed-price contracts, bonus and other incentive compensation, stock-based compensation, reserves for tax benefits and valuation allowances on deferred tax assets, provisions for income taxes, collectability of receivables, and loss accruals for litigation. Actual results experienced by the Company may differ from management's estimates.

Revenue Recognition

The Company primarily provides services and technology-based solutions for clients that operate in a variety of markets and the solutions may span the entire program life cycle, from initial research and analysis to the design and implementation of solutions. The Company enters into agreements with clients that create enforceable rights and obligations and for which it is probable that the Company will collect the consideration to which it will be entitled as services and solutions are transferred to the client. Except in certain narrowly defined situations, the Company’s agreements with its clients are written and revenue is generally not recognized on oral or implied arrangements. The Company recognizes revenue based on the consideration specified in the applicable agreement and excludes from revenue amounts collected on behalf of third parties. Accordingly, sales and similar taxes which are collected on behalf of third parties are excluded from the transaction price.

F-8


The Company evaluates whether two or more agreements should be accounted for as one single contract and whether combined or single agreements should be accounted for as more than one performance obligation. For most contracts, the client requires the Company to perform a number of tasks in providing an integrated output for which the client has contracted, and, hence, contracts of this type are tracked as having only one performance obligation since a substantial part of the Company’s promise is to ensure the individual tasks are incorporated into a combined output in accordance with contract requirements. When contracts are separated into multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the total transaction price to each performance obligation based on the estimated relative standalone selling prices of the promised services underlying each performance obligation. The Company generally provides customized solutions in which the pricing is based on specific negotiations with each client, and, in these cases, the Company uses a cost-plus margin approach to estimate the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. It is common for the Company’s long-term contracts to contain award fees, incentive fees or other provisions that can either increase or decrease the transaction price. These variable amounts are generally awarded at the completion of a contractually-stipulated performance assessment period based on the achievement of performance metrics, program milestones or cost targets, and the amount awarded may be subject to client discretion. Variable consideration is estimated based on the most likely amount.  Once the Company selects a method to estimate variable consideration, it applies that method consistently.  Estimates of variable consideration will be constrained only to the extent that it is probable that significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur.

The Company evaluates contractual arrangements to determine whether revenue should be recognized on a gross versus net basis. The Company’s assessment is based on the nature of the promise to the client. In most cases, the Company itself agrees to provide specified services to the client as a principal and revenue is recognized on a gross basis. In certain instances, the Company acts as an agent and merely arranges for another party to provide services to the client and revenue is recognized on a net basis in reflection of the fact that the Company does not control the goods or services provided to the client by the other party.

Long-term contracts typically contain billing terms that provide for invoicing monthly or upon completion of milestones,  and payment on a net 30-day basis. Exceptions to monthly billing terms are to ensure that the Company performs satisfactorily rather than representing a significant financing component. For cost-based contracts the Company’s performance is evaluated during a contractually stipulated performance period and, while contract costs may be billed on a monthly basis, the Company is generally permitted to bill for incentive or award fees only after the completion of the performance assessment period, which may occur quarterly, semi-annually or annually, and after the client completes the performance assessment. Fixed-price contracts may provide for milestone billings based on the attainment of specific project objectives rather than for billing on a monthly basis. Moreover, contracts may require retentions or hold backs that are paid at the end of the contract to ensure that the Company performs in accordance with requirements. The Company does not assess whether a contract contains a significant financing component if the Company expects, at contract inception, that the period between payment by the client and the transfer of promised services to the client will be one year or less.

As a service provider, the Company generally recognizes revenue over time as control is transferred to a client, based on the extent of progress towards satisfaction of the performance obligation. The selection of the method used to measure progress requires judgment and is dependent, among other factors, on the contract type selected by the client during contract negotiation and the nature of the services and solutions to be provided.

When a performance obligation is billed using a time-and-materials contract type, the Company uses the right to invoice practical expedient output progress measure to estimate revenue earned based on hours worked in contract performance at negotiated billing rates. Fixed-price level-of-effort contracts are substantially similar to time-and-materials contracts except that the Company is required to deliver a specified level of effort over a stated period of time. For these contracts, the Company estimates revenue earned using contract hours worked at negotiated bill rates as the Company delivers the contractually required workforce.

For cost-based contracts, the Company recognizes revenue based on contract costs incurred, as the Company becomes contractually entitled to reimbursement of the contract costs, plus a most likely estimate of award or incentive fees earned on those costs even though final determination of fees earned occurs after the contractually-stipulated performance assessment period ends.

For performance obligations requiring the delivery of a service for a fixed price, the Company uses the ratio of actual costs incurred to total estimated costs, provided that costs incurred (an input method) represents a reasonable measure of progress towards the satisfaction of a performance obligation, in order to estimate the portion of total revenue earned. This method provides a faithful depiction of the transfer of value to the client when the Company is satisfying a performance obligation that entails integration of tasks for a combined output, which requires the Company to coordinate the work of employees, subcontractors and delivery of other contract costs. Contract costs that are not reflective of the Company’s progress toward satisfying a performance obligation are not included in the calculation of the measure of progress. When this method is used, changes in estimated costs to complete these obligations result in adjustments to revenue on a cumulative catch-up basis, which causes the effect of revised estimates for prior periods to be recognized in the current period. Changes in these estimates can routinely occur over contract performance for a variety of reasons, which include: changes in contract scope; changes in contract cost estimates due to unanticipated cost growth or reassessments of risks impacting costs; changes in estimated incentive or award fees; or performing better or worse than previously estimated.

F-9


In some fixed price service contracts, the Company performs services of a recurring nature, such as maintenance and other services of a “stand ready” nature. For these contracts, the Company has the right to consideration in an amount that corresponds directly with the value that the client has received. Therefore, the Company records revenue on a time elapsed basis to reflect the transfer of control to the client throughout the contract.  

Contracts are often modified to reflect changes in contract specifications and requirements, and these changes may create new enforceable rights and obligations. Most modifications are for services that are not distinct from the existing agreement due to the significant integration service that the Company provides. Therefore, most modifications are accounted for as part of an existing performance obligation. The effect of these modifications on transaction price, and the Company’s measure of progress in fulfilling the performance obligation to which they relate, may be recognized as an adjustment to revenue on a cumulative catch-up basis. Revenue from modifications that create new, distinct performance obligations is recognized based on the Company’s progress in fulfilling the requirements of the new obligation.  

For contracts in which the estimated cost to perform exceeds the consideration to be received, the Company accrues for the entire estimated loss during the period in which the loss is determined by recording additional direct costs.

For performance obligations that are satisfied over time, the Company recognizes the cost to fulfill contracts as incurred, unless the costs are within the scope of another topic in which case the guidance of that topic is applied. The Company evaluates incremental costs of obtaining a contract and, if they are recoverable from the client and relate to a specific future contract, they are deferred and recognized over contract performance or the estimated life of the customer relationship if renewals are expected. The Company expenses these costs when incurred if the amortization period is one year or less.

Unfulfilled performance obligations represent amounts expected to be earned on contracts and do not include the value of negotiated, unexercised contract options, which are classified as marketing offers. Indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity and similar arrangements provide a framework for the client to issue specific tasks, delivery or purchase orders in the future and these arrangements are considered marketing offers until a specific order is executed.

Revenue recognition entails the use of significant judgment, including, but not limited to, the following: evaluating agreements in terms of the number and nature of performance obligations; determining the appropriate method for measuring progress to satisfaction of obligations; determining if the Company is acting as a principal or an agent, and preparing estimates in terms of the amount of progress that the Company has made. For many fixed-price contracts, in particular, the Company estimates the proportion of total revenue earned using the ratio of contract costs incurred to total estimated contract costs, which requires the Company to prepare and, as necessary, revise estimates, as work progresses, of the total contract costs required to satisfy each respective performance obligation. Moreover, some of the Company’s contracts include variable consideration, which requires the Company to estimate and, as necessary, revise the most likely amounts that will be earned over the respective performance assessment periods. For these obligations, changes in estimates result in cumulative catch-up adjustments and may have a significant impact on earnings during a given period.  

The Company’s operating cycle for long-term contracts may be greater than one year and is measured by the average time intervening between the inception and the completion of those contracts. Contract-related assets and liabilities are classified as current assets and current liabilities. Significant balance sheet accounts related to the revenue recognition cycle are as follows:

Contract receivables, net – This account includes amounts billed or billable under contract terms. The amounts due are stated at their net realizable value. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to provide for the estimated amount of receivables that will not be collected. The Company considers a number of factors in its estimate of the allowance, including knowledge of a client’s financial condition, its historical collection experience, and other factors relevant to assessing the collectability of the receivables. The Company writes off specific contract receivables when such amounts are determined to be uncollectible.

Contract assets – This account includes unbilled amounts typically resulting from revenue recognized on long-term contracts when the amount of revenue recognized exceeds the amounts billed. It also includes contract retainages until the Company has met the contract-stipulated requirements for payment. Contract assets are reported in a net position on a contract by contract basis each period even though individual contracts may contain multiple performance obligations. On a contract by contract basis, amounts do not exceed their net realizable value.

Contract liabilities – This account consists of advance payments received and billings in excess of revenue recognized on long-term contracts. Contact liabilities are reported in a net position on a contract by contract basis each period even though individual contracts may contain multiple performance obligations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers cash on deposit and all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash and cash equivalents.

F-10


Restricted Cash

The Company had restricted cash representing amounts held in escrow accounts and/or not readily available due to contractual restrictions.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, which range from two to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the economic life of the improvement or the related lease term.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The purchase price of an acquired business is allocated to the tangible assets and separately identifiable intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed, based on their respective fair values, with the excess recorded as goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of costs over the fair value of net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets acquired in a business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead are reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Intangible assets with estimable useful lives are amortized over such lives and reviewed for impairment if impairment indicators arise.

Impairment

The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1 of each year. As its business is highly integrated and all of its components have similar economic characteristics, the Company has concluded it has one aggregated reporting unit at the consolidated entity level. The Company assesses goodwill at the reporting level. For the goodwill impairment test as of October 1, 2018, the Company opted to perform a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that its reporting unit's fair value is less than its carrying amount. If, after opting to complete a qualitative assessment, the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount, it may conclude that no impairment exists. If the Company concludes otherwise, a goodwill impairment test must be performed, which includes a comparison of the reporting unit’s fair value to the carrying amount and recognizing, as an impairment loss, the difference of the reporting unit’s fair value and the carrying amount of goodwill.

The Company’s qualitative analysis as of October 1, 2019 included macroeconomic, industry and market specific considerations, financial performance indicators and measurements, and other factors. Based on this qualitative assessment, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of its reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount, and thus any additional quantitative impairment test was not required to be performed. Therefore, based on management’s review, a goodwill impairment loss was not required for 2019. Historically, the Company has not recorded any goodwill impairment losses.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company is required to review long-lived assets and intangible assets other than goodwill for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset might not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less cost to sell.

Leases

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and operating lease liabilities (current and non-current) on the consolidated balance sheets. Operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments as of the commencement date. Since most lease agreements do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate as of the commencement date in estimating the present value of future payments. The operating lease ROU asset is based on the present value of future lease payments and excludes impacts from lease incentives and initial costs incurred to obtain the lease. At the lease commencement date, the Company estimates its collateralized incremental borrowing rate based on publicly available yields adjusted for Company-specific considerations and the Company's varying lease terms in determining the present value of future payments. Lease terms, for the purposes of determining each lease’s present value, include options to extend or terminate the lease if it is reasonably certain and economically reasonable that the Company will exercise that option. Lease expense for minimum lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Company uses leases to obtain use of a variety of different resources, including those for the use of facilities or equipment. These agreements may contain both lease and non-lease components, which are generally accounted for separately. For office equipment leases (primarily copier leases), the Company elected to account for the lease and non-lease components as a single lease component and not recognize ROU assets and lease liabilities for leases with a term not greater than twelve months.

F-11


Capitalized Software

The Company capitalizes certain costs to develop enhancements and upgrades to internal-use software that are incurred subsequent to the preliminary project stage. Amortization expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the expected economic life of the software or the service contract, typically lasting three to five years.  As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, capitalized software costs were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense related to share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and cash-settled restricted stock units (“CSRSUs”) on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. The Company recognizes expense for performance-based share awards (“PSAs”), which have both performance requirements and vesting conditions, on a straight-line basis over the three-year performance period. Non-employee director awards, which do not include vesting conditions, are for board-related services and therefore expensed when earned.

Stock-based compensation expense is based on the estimated fair value of the instruments on award and the estimated number of shares the Company ultimately expects will vest.  The Company estimates the rate of future forfeitures based on factors which include the historical forfeiture experience for each applicable employee class under the assumption that the rate of future forfeitures will be similar to that experienced in the past. In addition, the estimation of PSAs that will ultimately vest requires judgment based on the performance and market conditions that will be achieved over the performance period. Changes to these estimates are recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised.

The fair value of stock options, restricted stock awards, RSUs, PSAs, and non-employee director awards is estimated based on the fair value of a share of common stock at the grant date. The Company has elected to use the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The fair value of PSAs is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation model.

CSRSUs are settled only in cash payments. The cash payment is based on the fair value of the Company’s stock price at the vesting date, calculated by multiplying the number of CSRSUs vested by the Company’s closing stock price on the vesting date, subject to a maximum payment cap and a minimum payment floor. The Company treats these awards as liability-classified awards, and, therefore, accounts for them at fair value estimated based on the closing price of the Company’s stock at the reporting date.

 

Derivative Instruments

Derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value as of the reporting date, and the effective portion of the hedge is recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income and reclassified to earnings in the period that the hedged instruments affect earnings.  Management reviews the effectiveness of the hedges on a quarterly basis.

Income Taxes

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company evaluates its ability to benefit from all deferred tax assets and establishes valuation allowances for amounts it believes will more likely than not be unrealizable. For uncertain tax positions, the Company uses a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold based on the technical merits of the income tax position taken. Income tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured in order to determine the tax benefit recognized in the financial statements. Penalties, if probable and reasonably estimable, and interest expense related to uncertain tax positions are not recognized as a component of income tax expense but recorded separately in indirect expenses and interest expense, respectively.

Treasury Shares

Treasury shares are accounted for under the cost method.

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss) represents foreign currency translation adjustments arising from the use of differing exchange rates from period to period, the gain on the sale of an interest rate hedge agreement designated as a cash flow hedge, and the changes in fair value of interest rate agreements designated as cash flow hedges, net of taxes. The financial positions and results of operations of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are based on the local currency as the functional currency and are translated to U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. Assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries are translated at the exchange rate in effect at each balance sheet date. Income statement accounts are translated at the average rate of exchange prevailing during the period. Translation adjustments are reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss included in stockholders’ equity in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.  

F-12


Segment, Customer and Geographic Information

The Company operates in one segment based on the consolidated information used by its chief operating decision maker in evaluating the financial performance of its business and allocating resources. This single segment represents the Company’s core business, which is providing professional services for government and commercial clients. Although the Company disaggregates its revenue by client market areas and type, the Company does not manage its business or allocate resources based on client market or type.

Approximately $561.0 million, $546.1 million, and $550.2 million of the Company’s revenue for the years 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively, was derived under prime contracts and subcontracts with agencies and departments of the federal government representing 38%, 41%, and 45% of total revenue, respectively. No other customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s revenue during the years ended 2019, 2018, and 2017.

The Company’s international operations provide services to both commercial and international government clients. Revenue is attributed to a particular geographic area based on the administrative location of the client that awarded the contract. The Company’s revenue generated from international clients as a percentage of total revenue was approximately 8%, 13%, and 9% for the years 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, long-lived assets held internationally were 17% and 12% of total long-lived assets, respectively.

Risks and Uncertainties

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and contract receivables. The majority of the Company’s cash transactions are processed through one U.S. commercial bank. Cash held domestically in excess of daily requirements is used to reduce any amounts outstanding under the Company’s Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company held approximately $7.1 million and $11.9 million, respectively, of cash in foreign bank accounts (not including outstanding deposits and checks). To date, the Company has not incurred losses related to cash and cash equivalents.

The Company’s receivables consist principally of amounts due from agencies and departments of the federal government, state and local governments, and international governments, as well as from commercial organizations. The credit risk, with respect to federal and other government clients, is limited due to the creditworthiness of the respective governmental entity. Amounts due for work performed as a subcontractor to a commercial organization also represent limited credit risk when the commercial client is performing as the prime contractor on a government contract due to the ultimate creditworthiness of the end client. Receivables from commercial clients generally pose a greater credit risk, and, as a result, are subject to ongoing monitoring. The Company extends credit in the normal course of operations and does not require collateral from its clients.

The Company has historically been, and continues to be, heavily dependent on contracts with the federal government which are subject to audit by agencies and departments of the federal government. Such audits determine, among other things, whether an adjustment to invoices previously rendered are required under regulations as well as the underlying terms of each respective contract. Management does not expect significant adjustments as a result of government audits that will adversely affect the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Adopted

Leases

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued a new standard related to leases, Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by requiring the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for those leases classified as operating leases. Under the new standard, required disclosures enable users of financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The Company, using a modified retrospective adoption approach, is also required to recognize and measure leases existing at the beginning of the period of adoption, with certain practical expedients available.

The Company adopted the standard effective January 1, 2019. The Company chose the following practical expedients: not to re-assess existing and expired contracts to determine if they contain embedded leases; not to re-assess lease classification on existing leases; not to re-assess initial direct costs of obtaining leases; to account for lease and non-lease components as a single lease component for equipment leases; and to only apply the standard to leases with a term greater than twelve months.

F-13


The most significant impact of adopting the standard was the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities for operating leases on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, but it did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of comprehensive income or consolidated statements of cash flows. The impact to the consolidated balance sheets before and after the adoption are as follows:

 

 

 

January 1, 2019

 

 

 

Before

Adoption

 

 

Adoption

Adjustments

 

 

After

Adoption

 

Operating lease - right-of-use assets

 

$

 

 

$

137,152

 

 

$

137,152

 

Operating lease liabilities - current

 

 

 

 

 

30,951

 

 

 

30,951

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

1,843

 

 

 

(1,843

)

 

 

 

Operating lease liabilities - non-current

 

 

 

 

 

121,982

 

 

 

121,982

 

Deferred rent

 

 

13,938

 

 

 

(13,938

)

 

 

 

 

Stock Compensation

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718).  The standard simplifies the accounting for share-based compensation to non-employees by aligning the guidance with share-based payments to employees.  It is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018.  The Company’s adoption of ASU 2018-07 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40). The standard aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is considered a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. The standard also requires the entity to expense the capitalized implementation costs of a hosting arrangement over the term of the hosting arrangement and present the expense related to the capitalized implementation costs in the same line item in the statement of income as the fees associated with the hosting arrangement. The standard is effective for interim periods and fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted. The standard may be implemented using either the retrospective or prospective method. The Company does not anticipate that there will be a material impact on the consolidated financial statements as a result of adopting the standard and that it expects to adopt the standard in the first quarter of 2020 utilizing a prospective method. The Company will continue to evaluate the impact of the new standard through its adoption.

Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) – Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.  The standard, as amended, requires companies to measure credit losses by using a methodology that reflects the expected credit losses based on historical information, current economic conditions, and reasonable and supportable information. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted.  The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption but does not anticipate that there will be a material impact on the consolidated financial statements as a result of adopting the standard. The Company will adopt the standard in the first quarter of 2020 utilizing a modified-retrospective transition approach that would require a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening retained earnings in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity as of the date of the adoption.

NOTE 3 - CONTRACT RECEIVABLES

Contract receivables consisted of the following: 

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Billed receivables

 

$

264,682

 

 

$

236,250

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(3,506

)

 

 

(5,284

)

Contract receivables, net

 

$

261,176

 

 

$

230,966

 

 

F-14


NOTE 4 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Leasehold improvements

 

$

25,882

 

 

$

19,444

 

Software

 

 

52,343

 

 

 

50,967

 

Furniture and equipment

 

 

29,437

 

 

 

27,435

 

Computers

 

 

38,014

 

 

 

31,568

 

 

 

 

145,676

 

 

 

129,414

 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(87,439

)

 

 

(81,309

)

Total property and equipment, net

 

$

58,237

 

 

$

48,105

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, was approximately $20.1 million, $17.2 million, and $17.7 million, respectively.

NOTE 5 - GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the fiscal years ended December 31 were as follows:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Balance as of January 1

 

$

715,644

 

 

$

686,108

 

Goodwill resulting from business combination - The Future Customer

 

 

 

 

 

7,597

 

Goodwill resulting from  business combination - DMS Disaster Consultants

 

 

(50

)

 

 

10,121

 

Goodwill resulting from business combination - We Are Vista

 

 

(370

)

 

 

14,392

 

Goodwill resulting from business combination - Olson (1)

 

 

3,047

 

 

 

 

Effect of foreign currency translation

 

 

1,663

 

 

 

(2,574

)

Total goodwill

 

$

719,934

 

 

$

715,644

 

 

1)

In 2019, the Company recorded changes to goodwill representing an immaterial correction of an error for income tax balances related to acquired assets and liabilities from the business combination that occurred in 2014.  These balances were not significant to our previously reported financial position.

2)

Other adjustments to goodwill are measurement period adjustments.

Other Intangible Assets

Intangible assets with definite lives are primarily amortized over periods ranging from approximately 1 to 10 years. The weighted-average period of amortization for all intangible assets as of December 31, 2019 is 9.3 years. The customer-related intangible assets, which consist of customer contracts, backlog, and non-contractual customer relationships, are being amortized based on estimated cash flows and respective estimated economic benefit of the assets. The weighted-average period of amortization of the customer-related intangibles is 9.3 years. Intangible assets related to developed technology are being amortized on an accelerated basis over a weighted-average period of 4.8 years. Intangible assets with an indefinite life consist of a domain name.

Other intangibles consisted of the following at December 31:    

 

 

 

2019

 

 

 

Gross

Carrying

Value

 

 

Accumulated

Amortization

 

 

Net Carrying

Value

 

Customer-related

 

$

95,038

 

 

$

(69,425

)

 

$

25,613

 

Developed technology

 

 

733

 

 

 

(612

)

 

 

121

 

Total amortizable intangible assets

 

 

95,771

 

 

 

(70,037

)

 

 

25,734

 

Intangible with indefinite life

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

Total other intangible assets

 

$

95,866

 

 

$

(70,037

)

 

$

25,829

 

F-15


 

 

 

2018

 

 

 

Gross

Carrying

Value

 

 

Accumulated

Amortization

 

 

Net Carrying

Value

 

Customer-related

 

$

94,500

 

 

$

(59,289

)

 

$

35,211

 

Developed technology

 

 

733

 

 

 

(545

)

 

 

188

 

Total amortizable intangible assets

 

 

95,233

 

 

 

(59,834

)

 

 

35,399

 

Intangible with indefinite life

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

Total other intangible assets

 

$

95,328

 

 

$

(59,834

)

 

$

35,494

 

 

Aggregate amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, was approximately $8.1 million, $10.0 million, and $10.9 million, respectively. The Company recognized impairment expense, included in indirect and selling expense, of $1.7 million in the second quarter of 2019 related to the intangible asset associated with a historical business acquisition. The estimated future amortization expense relating to intangible assets is as follows: 

 

Year ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

2020

 

$

6,283

 

2021

 

 

5,306

 

2022

 

 

4,992

 

2023

 

 

4,615

 

2024

 

 

4,141

 

Thereafter

 

 

397

 

Total

 

$

25,734

 

 

NOTE 6 – LEASES

The Company has operating leases for facilities and equipment which have remaining terms ranging from 1 to 17 years. The leases may include options to extend the lease periods for up to 5 years at rates approximating market rates and/or options to terminate the leases within 1 year. The leases may include a residual value guarantee or a responsibility to return the property to its original state of use. A limited number of leases contain provisions that provide for rental increases based on consumer price indices. The change in rent expense resulting from changes in these indices are included within variable rent.

Operating leases consisted of the following at December 31, 2019:

 

Real estate facilities

 

$

165,752

 

Office equipment

 

 

1,631

 

Other

 

 

892

 

 

 

 

168,275

 

Amortization of right-of-use assets

 

 

(34,310

)

Total operating lease right-of-use assets

 

$

133,965

 

 

Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.  Rent expense consists of the following:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

Operating lease costs

 

$

36,287

 

Short-term lease costs

 

 

2,153

 

Variable lease costs

 

 

5

 

Total rent expense

 

$

38,445

 

 

F-16


Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable leases as of December 31, 2019 were as follows:

 

December 31, 2020

 

$

38,179

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

37,671

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

35,482

 

December 31, 2023

 

 

18,044

 

December 31, 2024

 

 

14,160

 

Thereafter

 

 

23,059

 

Total future minimum lease payments

 

 

166,595

 

Less:  Interest

 

 

(14,845

)

Total operating lease liabilities

 

$

151,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease liabilities - current

 

$

32,500

 

Operating lease liabilities - non-current

 

 

119,250

 

Total operating lease liabilities

 

$

151,750

 

 

Other information related to operating leases is as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Operating cash flows from operating leases

 

$

36,907

 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

 

$

31,123

 

Weighted-average remaining lease term - operating leases

 

 

5.1

 

Weighted-average discount rate - operating leases

 

 

3.7

%

 

At December 31, 2019, the Company had additional operating leases that have not yet commenced of $117.5 million.  Such operating leases are anticipated to commence, where we take possession of the property and commence any required buildout, over the next three years, with lease terms of 2 years to 17 years.

Rent expense, for periods prior to the adoption of the new lease standard, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, net of sublease payments. Rent expense consists of the following for the years ended December 31:

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Rent

 

$

34,924

 

 

$

36,269

 

Sublease income

 

 

(45

)

 

 

(142

)

Total rent expense

 

$

34,879

 

 

$

36,127

 

 

 

NOTE 7 - ACCRUED SALARIES AND BENEFITS

Accrued salaries and benefits consisted of the following at December 31:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Accrued bonuses, liability-classified awards, and commissions

 

$

17,660

 

 

$

13,214

 

Accrued salaries

 

 

16,170

 

 

 

13,335

 

Accrued paid time off and leave

 

 

12,157

 

 

 

11,708

 

Accrued medical

 

 

3,063

 

 

 

3,136

 

Accrued payroll taxes and withholdings

 

 

930

 

 

 

765

 

Other

 

 

2,150

 

 

 

1,945

 

Total accrued salaries and benefits

 

$

52,130

 

 

$

44,103

 

 

F-17


NOTE 8 - ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following at December 31:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Deposits

 

$

9,608

 

 

$

17,485

 

Accrued IT and software licensing costs

 

 

3,983

 

 

 

3,359

 

Accrued taxes and insurance premiums

 

 

3,498

 

 

 

4,160

 

Accrued facilities rental and lease exit costs

 

 

1,223

 

 

 

2,271

 

Accrued interest

 

 

693

 

 

 

308

 

Accrued professional services

 

 

3,929

 

 

 

1,828

 

Accrued dividends

 

 

2,639

 

 

 

2,639

 

Contingent and contractual liabilities from acquisitions

 

 

2,700

 

 

 

2,323

 

Other accrued expenses and current liabilities

 

 

7,469

 

 

 

4,699

 

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

$

35,742

 

 

$

39,072

 

 

NOTE 9 - LONG-TERM DEBT

On May 17, 2017, the Company entered into a Fifth Amended and Restated Business Loan and Security Agreement with a syndication of 11 commercial banks (the “Credit Facility”). The Credit Facility: (i) includes modifications to the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Business Loan and Security Agreement, (ii) matures on May 17, 2022, (iii) increases the borrowing ceiling up to $600.0 million without a borrowing base requirement, taking into account financial, performance-based limitations, and (iv) provides for an “accordion,” which permits additional revolving credit commitments of up to $300.0 million, subject to lenders’ approval. While the modification of the Credit Facility did not increase the amount of outstanding, $106.0 million of funds from new syndicated borrowings was used to pay off or pay down borrowings from syndicate members prior to the loan modification and align the allocation of debt within the syndicate. These amounts were included within the “Advances from working capital facilities” and “Payments on working capital facilities” line items in the statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2017.

The Company has the option to borrow funds under the Credit Facility at interest rates based on both LIBOR (1, 3, or 6 month rates) and the Base Rate, at its discretion, plus their applicable margins. Base Rates are fluctuating per annum rates of interest equal to the highest of (i) the Federal Funds Open Rate, plus 0.5%, (ii) the Prime Rate, and (iii) the daily LIBOR rate, plus a LIBOR Margin of between 1.00% and 2.00% based on our Leverage Ratio (as defined under the Credit Facility), 1.00% as of December 31, 2019. The interest accrued based on LIBOR rates is to be paid on the last business day of the interest period (1, 3, or 6 months), while interest accrued based on the Base Rates is to be paid in quarterly installments. The Credit Facility provides for letters of credit aggregating up to $60.0 million which reduce the funds available under the Credit Facility when issued. The Credit Facility is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company and requires that the Company remain in compliance with certain financial and non-financial covenants. The financial covenants require, among other things, that the Company maintain at all times an Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined under the Credit Facility) of not less than 3.00 to 1.00 and a Leverage Ratio of not more than 3.75 to 1.00 (subject to adjustment, in certain circumstances) for each fiscal quarter. As of December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with its covenants under the Credit Facility.

The Credit Facility was subject to a commitment fee on the unused portion of the Credit Facility of between 0.13% and 0.25% per annum. Based on our Leverage Ratio that amount was 0.15% per annum at December 31, 2019 and 0.15% per annum at December 31, 2018.

As of December 31, 2019, the available borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility (excluding the accordion) was $430.7 million. Taking into account the financial and performance-based limitations, the available borrowing capacity (excluding the accordion) was $373.4 million as of December 31, 2019.

Long-term debt outstanding and the average debt outstanding and interest rate is summarized as follows: 

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

Debt

Outstanding

 

 

Average

Debt

Outstanding

 

 

Average

Interest Rate

 

 

Debt

Outstanding

 

 

Average

Debt

Outstanding

 

 

Average

Interest Rate

 

Revolving Line of Credit/Swing Line

 

$

165,444

 

 

$

268,550

 

 

 

3.59

%

 

$

200,424

 

 

$

237,012

 

 

 

3.29

%

 

F-18


Debt Issuance Cost

The Company’s debt issuance costs, which are included within other assets, are amortized over the term of indebtedness. The balance of net debt issuance costs at December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Amortizable debt issuance costs

 

$

6,921

 

 

$

6,921

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(5,738

)

 

 

(5,231

)

Net debt issuance costs

 

$

1,183

 

 

$

1,690

 

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs totaling $0.5 million, $0.5 million, and $0.7 million was recorded for each of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively, and was included as part of interest expense.

Letters of Credit

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had nine and eleven outstanding letters of credit totaling approximately $3.0 million and $3.3 million, respectively. These letters of credit are renewed annually. 

NOTE 10 – REVENUE RECOGNITION

Disaggregation of Revenue

The Company disaggregates revenue from clients, most of which is earned over time, into categories that depict how the nature, amount and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. Those categories are client market, client type and contract mix. Client markets provide insight into the breadth of the Company’s expertise. In classifying revenue by client market, the Company attributes revenue from a client to the market that the Company believes is the client’s primary market. The Company also classifies revenue by the type of entity for which it does business, which is an indicator of the diversity of its client base. The Company attributes revenue generated as a subcontractor to a commercial company as government revenue when the ultimate client is a government agency or department. Disaggregation by contract mix provides insight in terms of the degree of performance risk that the Company has assumed. Fixed-price contracts are considered to provide the highest amount of performance risk as the Company is required to deliver a scope of work or level of effort for a negotiated fixed price. Time-and-materials contracts require the Company to provide skilled employees on contracts for negotiated fixed hourly rates. Since the Company is not required to deliver a scope of work, but merely skilled employees, it considers these contracts to be less risky than a fixed-price agreement. Cost-based contracts are considered to provide the lowest amount of performance risk since the Company is generally reimbursed for all contract costs incurred in performance of contract deliverables with only the amount of incentive or award fees (if applicable) dependent on the achievement of negotiated performance requirements.  

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Client Markets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Energy, environment, and infrastructure

$

665,185

 

 

$

564,736

 

 

$

487,001

 

Health, education, and social programs

 

552,600

 

 

 

535,578

 

 

 

518,675

 

Safety and security

 

120,078

 

 

 

111,660

 

 

 

102,645

 

Consumer and financial

 

140,662

 

 

 

125,999

 

 

 

120,841

 

Total

$

1,478,525

 

 

$

1,337,973

 

 

$

1,229,162

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Client Type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. federal government

$

561,022

 

 

$

546,050

 

 

$

550,794

 

U.S. state and local government

 

280,357

 

 

 

183,900

 

 

 

127,797

 

International government

 

122,307

 

 

 

122,186

 

 

 

91,318

 

Total Government

 

963,686

 

 

 

852,136

 

 

 

769,909

 

Commercial

 

514,839

 

 

 

485,837

 

 

 

459,253

 

Total

$

1,478,525

 

 

$

1,337,973

 

 

$

1,229,162

 

F-19


 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Contract Mix:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time-and-materials

$

703,467

 

 

$

581,446

 

 

$

529,606

 

Fixed-price

 

562,985

 

 

 

526,751

 

 

 

480,584

 

Cost-based

 

212,073

 

 

 

229,776

 

 

 

218,972

 

Total

$

1,478,525

 

 

$

1,337,973

 

 

$

1,229,162

 

 

Contract Balances:

Contract assets consist primarily of unbilled amounts resulting from long-term contracts when revenue recognized exceeds the amount billed due to billing schedule timing. Contract liabilities result from advance payments received on a contract or from billings in excess of revenue recognized on long-term contracts due to billing schedule timing. The $11.7 million increase in the Company’s net contract assets (liabilities) is due to the timing of work performed in relation to billing schedule timing for fixed price programs which resulted in the change in contract liabilities, particularly in our international operations. The increase in contract assets is primarily due to hurricane relief and rebuild work for U.S. state and local governments which is considered part of the energy, environment and infrastructure client market, and most of which has been performed on time-and-materials agreements. The increase in contract liabilities is primarily due to advanced billing for costs in 2019. There were no material changes to contract balances due to impairments or business combinations during the period.

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

Change

 

Contract assets

$

142,337

 

 

$

126,688

 

 

$

15,649

 

Contract liabilities

 

(37,413

)

 

 

(33,494

)

 

 

(3,919

)

Net contract assets (liabilities)

$

104,924

 

 

$

93,194

 

 

$

11,730

 

Performance Obligations:

The Company had $1.5 billion in unfulfilled performance obligations as of December 31, 2019, which primarily entail the future delivery of services for which revenue will be recognized over time. The obligations relate to continued or additional services required on contracts and were generally valued using an estimated cost-plus margin approach, with variable consideration being estimated at the most likely amount.  The Company expects to satisfy these performance obligations, on average, in one to two years.

NOTE 11 - DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

The Company uses interest rate swap arrangements (the “Swaps”) to manage or hedge its interest rate risk. Notwithstanding the terms of the Swaps, the Company is ultimately obligated for all amounts due and payable under the Credit Facility. The Company does not use such instruments for speculative or trading purposes.

The Company designated the Swaps as cash flow hedges. Realized gains and losses in connection with each interest payment will be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) to interest expense in that period.  Management intends that the Swaps remain effective and, on a quarterly basis, evaluates them to determine their effectiveness or ineffectiveness and records the change in fair value as an adjustment to other comprehensive income or loss. Realized gains and losses in connection with the required interest payments will be reclassified from AOCI to interest expense.

A summary of interest rate swaps derivatives designated as cash flow hedges as of December 31, 2019 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dates of Effected Cash Flows

Date of Interest Rate Swap Agreement

 

Notional Amount

($million)

 

Paid Fixed

Interest Rate%

 

Beginning

 

Ending

September 30, 2016 (1)

 

$100.0

 

-

 

January 31, 2018

 

January 31, 2023

August 31, 2017

 

$25.0

 

1.8475%

 

August 31, 2018

 

August 31, 2023

August 8, 2018

 

$50.0

 

2.8540%

 

August 31, 2018

 

August 31, 2023

August 8, 2018

 

$25.0

 

2.8510%

 

August 31, 2018

 

August 31, 2023

 

(1)

On December 1, 2016, the Company sold the interest rate hedge agreement.  The fair value of the interest rate hedge, as of the date of the sale, was recorded in other comprehensive income, net of tax.  The gain from the sale will be recognized into earnings when earnings are impacted by the cash flows of the previously hedged variable interest rate.

F-20


The effect of the Swaps on the Company’s financial statements are as follows:

 

Cash Flow Hedging Derivatives

 

Total Gain or (Loss) Recognized in

AOCI

 

 

Amount of (Gain) or Loss

Reclassified from AOCI into

Income

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Interest Rate Swaps

 

$

(3,362

)

 

$

(1,184

)

 

$

(387

)

 

$

(672

)

 

As of December 31, 2019, the net amount of realized losses from the hedge agreements expected to be reclassified from AOCI into earnings within the next 12 months is $0.3 million.

NOTE 12 - INCOME TAXES

The domestic and foreign components of income before provision for income taxes are as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Domestic

 

$

87,622

 

 

$

74,479

 

 

$

69,347

 

Foreign

 

 

2,551

 

 

 

8,348

 

 

 

4,639

 

Income before income taxes

 

$

90,173

 

 

$

82,827

 

 

$

73,986

 

 

Income tax expense consisted of the following for the years ended December 31:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

14,123

 

 

$

9,700

 

 

$

12,995

 

State

 

 

5,698

 

 

 

4,035

 

 

 

3,243

 

Foreign

 

 

1,537

 

 

 

2,418

 

 

 

1,476

 

Total current

 

 

21,358

 

 

 

16,153

 

 

 

17,714

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

320

 

 

 

4,072

 

 

 

(9,425

)

State

 

 

(25

)

 

 

1,452

 

 

 

2,749

 

Foreign

 

 

(418

)

 

 

(250

)

 

 

72

 

Total deferred

 

 

(123

)

 

 

5,274

 

 

 

(6,604

)

Income tax expense

 

$

21,235

 

 

$

21,427

 

 

$

11,110

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and income tax purposes.

F-21


Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consisted of the following at December 31:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Deferred Tax Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for bad debt

 

$

888

 

 

$

1,321

 

Accrued paid time off

 

 

1,671

 

 

 

1,437

 

Foreign net operating loss (NOL) carry forward

 

 

866

 

 

 

1,144

 

State net operating loss (NOL) carry forward

 

 

714

 

 

 

507

 

Stock option compensation

 

 

2,666

 

 

 

2,332

 

Deferred rent

 

 

3,129

 

 

 

3,127

 

Deferred compensation

 

 

3,902

 

 

 

3,348

 

Foreign tax credits

 

 

4,508

 

 

 

3,968

 

State tax credits

 

 

2,026

 

 

 

2,041

 

Foreign exchange

 

 

3,579

 

 

 

2,430

 

Foreign deferred

 

 

200

 

 

 

342

 

Accrued liabilities and other

 

 

5,318

 

 

 

4,079

 

 

 

 

29,467

 

 

 

26,076

 

Less: Valuation Allowance

 

 

(5,374

)

 

 

(5,112

)

Total Deferred Tax Assets

 

 

24,093

 

 

 

20,964

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retention

 

 

(1,395

)

 

 

(1,239

)

Prepaid expenses

 

 

(1,451

)

 

 

(1,301

)

Payroll taxes

 

 

(593

)

 

 

(495

)

Unbilled revenue

 

 

(2,691

)

 

 

(4,135

)

Depreciation

 

 

(3,112

)

 

 

(7,306

)

Amortization

 

 

(52,076

)

 

 

(46,051

)

Deferred gain and other

 

 

(396

)

 

 

(602

)

Total Deferred Tax Liabilities

 

 

(61,714

)

 

 

(61,129

)

Total Net Deferred Tax Liability

 

$

(37,621

)

 

$

(40,165

)

 

On December 20, 2017, the U.S. Congress passed the Tax Cuts and Job Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”), which was signed into law on December 22, 2017 and is generally effective beginning January 1, 2018. The Company was impacted in several ways as a result of the Tax Act, including, but not limited to, provisions which include a permanent reduction in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities required as a result of the tax rate change and the application of a mandatory one-time “transition tax” on unremitted earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred.

The Company completed its accounting for the tax effects of enactment of the Tax Act in 2018 and recorded adjustments to the provisional estimate of the effects on existing deferred tax balances and the one-time transition tax in the period of enactment.  The Company recognized these adjustments to the provisional estimate as a decrease in the provision for income taxes.  

The Company re-measured certain deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the rates at which they are expected to reverse in the future, which is now generally 26.3%.  The Company has completed its analysis of the Tax Act and refining its provisional estimates, which affected the measurement of these balances.  Pursuant to U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 (“SAB 118”), the provisional amount recorded related to the re-measurement of the deferred tax balances was adjusted during the measurement period ended December 22, 2018 as an increase in the provision for income taxes, including adjustments to valuation allowances, of approximately $1.0 million.

The one-time “transition tax” is based on the Company’s total post-1986 earnings and profits (“E&P”) which the Company has previously deferred from U.S. income taxation. The Company has completed the calculation of the total post-1986 foreign E&P and related foreign tax pools for these foreign subsidiaries.  Further, the transition tax is based in part on the amount of those earnings held in cash and other specified assets.  This amount, as well as the related foreign tax credit utilization, changed as the Company finalized its calculation of post-1986 foreign E&P and related foreign tax pools that were previously deferred from U.S. federal taxation and the amounts held in cash or other specified assets.  Similarly, the cumulative foreign tax credit carryforward balance as of December 31, 2019 increased by approximately $1.0 million and the valuation allowance required increased by approximately $1.0 million.  No additional income taxes have been provided for on any remaining undistributed foreign earnings not subject to the transition tax.  No additional deferred income taxes have been provided for the $2.7 million of additional favorable outside basis differences inherent in these foreign entities as of December 31, 2019 because these amounts continue to be permanently reinvested in foreign operations.

F-22


At both December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards for foreign income taxes of approximately $2.5 million and $3.5 million, respectively, all of which may be carried forward indefinitely.

At December 31, 2019, the Company had NOL carryforwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $8.2 million, which expire in 2034. The Company acquired these NOLs as a result of its purchase of Olson in November 2014. Internal Revenue Code Section 382 imposes an annual limitation on the use of a corporation’s NOLs, tax credits and other carryovers after an “ownership change” occurs. Section 382 imposes an annual limitation on the amount of post-ownership change taxable income a corporation may offset with pre-ownership change NOLs and credits. In general, the annual limitation is determined by multiplying the value of the corporation’s stock immediately before the ownership change (subject to certain adjustments) by the applicable long-term tax-exempt rate. Any unused portion of the annual limitation is available for use in future years until such NOLs are scheduled to expire (in general, NOLs may be carried forward 20 years). The Company presently estimates that it will be able to fully utilize the remaining acquired NOLs prior to their expiration.

At December 31, 2019, the Company had gross state income tax credit carryforwards of approximately $2.6 million, which expire between 2021 and 2029. A deferred tax asset of approximately $2.0 million (net of federal benefit) has been established related to these state income tax credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2019.

The need to establish valuation allowances for deferred assets is based on a more-likely-than-not threshold that the benefit of such assets will be realized in future periods. Appropriate consideration has been given to all available evidence, including historical operating results, projections of taxable income, and tax planning alternatives. The Company concluded that a valuation allowance of approximately $0.9 million and $1.1 million was required for tax attributes related to specified foreign jurisdictions as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and an additional $4.5 million valuation allowance was recorded against our U.S. foreign tax credit carry forwards as a result of enactment of the Tax Act as of December 31, 2017.  

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, was zero and $0.2 million, respectively. Included in the balance as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, were zero and $0.2 million, respectively, of tax positions that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate.

The unrecognized tax benefit reconciliation, excluding penalty and interest, is as follows:

 

Unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2017

 

$

1,185

 

Decrease attributable to lapse of statute of limitations

 

 

(365

)

Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2017

 

 

820

 

Increase attributable to tax positions taken during the current period

 

 

216

 

Decrease attributable to settlements with taxing authorities

 

 

(37

)

Decrease attributable to lapse of statute of limitations

 

 

(783

)

Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2018

 

 

216

 

Decrease attributable to tax positions taken during a prior period

 

 

(216

)

Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2019

 

$

 

 

The Company’s policy is not to recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of tax expense. The Company had no accrued penalty and interest at December 31, 2019 and 2018.

The Company’s 2016 to 2018 tax years remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service for federal tax purposes. Certain significant state and foreign tax jurisdictions are also either currently under examination or remain open under the statutes of limitation and subject to examination for the tax years from 2015 to 2018.

Although the Company believes it has adequately provided for all uncertain tax positions, amounts asserted by taxing authorities could be greater than the Company’s accrued position. Accordingly, additional provisions on federal, state and foreign income tax related matters could be recorded in the future as revised estimates are made or the underlying matters are effectively settled or otherwise resolved. Conversely, the Company could settle positions with the tax authorities for amounts lower than have been accrued. The Company believes it is reasonably possible that, during the next 12 months, the Company’s liability for uncertain tax positions may not change.

F-23


The Company’s provision for income taxes differs from the federal statutory rate. The differences between the statutory rate and the Company’s provision are as follows:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Taxes at statutory rate

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

35.0

%

State taxes, net of federal benefit

 

 

5.3

%

 

 

5.2

%

 

 

4.4

%

Foreign tax rate differential

 

 

0.3

%

 

 

0.5

%

 

 

(0.3

)%

Tax legislation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(22.6

)%

Other permanent differences

 

 

1.3

%

 

 

1.8

%

 

 

0.7

%

Prior year tax adjustments

 

 

(1.0

)%

 

 

0.2

%

 

 

(0.3

)%

Unrecognized tax benefits

 

 

(0.2

)%

 

 

(0.6

)%

 

 

0.1

%

Valuation allowance

 

 

1.1

%

 

 

1.3

%

 

 

0.7

%

Equity-based compensation

 

 

(3.6

)%

 

 

(3.0

)%

 

 

(2.1

)%

Tax credits

 

 

(0.6

)%

 

 

(0.5

)%

 

 

(0.6

)%

Taxes at effective rate

 

 

23.6

%

 

 

25.9

%

 

 

15.0

%

 

NOTE 13 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Accumulated other comprehensive loss included the following:

 

 

 

Foreign

Currency

Translation

Adjustments

 

 

Gain on Sale of

Interest Rate

Hedge

Agreement (1)

 

 

Changes in

Fair Value

of Interest

Rate Hedge

Agreements (2)(5)

 

 

Total

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at January 1, 2017

 

$

(11,815

)

 

$

2,175

 

 

$

 

 

$

(9,640

)

Current period other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

 

 

6,476

 

 

 

 

 

 

441

 

 

 

6,917

 

Effect of taxes (3)

 

 

(2,299

)

 

 

(17

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,316

)

Total current period other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

4,177

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

441

 

 

 

4,601

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at December 31, 2017

 

 

(7,638

)

 

 

2,158

 

 

 

441

 

 

 

(5,039

)

Reclassification of stranded tax effects due to adoption of accounting principle (4)

 

 

(1,307

)

 

 

478

 

 

 

 

 

 

(829

)

Adjusted beginning balance

 

 

(8,945

)

 

 

2,636

 

 

 

441

 

 

 

(5,868

)

Current period other comprehensive (loss) income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

 

 

(4,711

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,184

)

 

 

(5,895

)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

(660

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(672

)

Effect of taxes (3)

 

 

(512

)

 

 

188

 

 

 

208

 

 

 

(116

)

Total current period other comprehensive loss

 

 

(5,223

)

 

 

(472

)

 

 

(988

)

 

 

(6,683

)

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at December 31, 2018

 

 

(14,168

)

 

 

2,164

 

 

 

(547

)

 

 

(12,551

)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

 

2,338

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,362

)

 

 

(1,024

)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

(720

)

 

 

333

 

 

 

(387

)

Effect of taxes (3)

 

 

835

 

 

 

190

 

 

 

793

 

 

 

1,818

 

Total current period other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

3,173

 

 

 

(530

)

 

 

(2,236

)

 

 

407

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at December 31, 2019

 

$

(10,995

)

 

$

1,634

 

 

$

(2,783

)

 

$

(12,144

)

 

(1)

Represents the fair value of an interest rate hedge agreement, designated as a cash flow hedge, which was sold on December 1, 2016. The fair value of the interest rate hedge agreement was recorded in other comprehensive income, net of tax, and will be reclassified to earnings when earnings are impacted by the hedged items, as interest payments are made on the Credit Facility from January 31, 2018 to January 31, 2023.

F-24


(2)

Represents the change in fair value of an interest rate hedge agreements designated as a cash flow hedge and entered into on August 31, 2017 and August 8, 2018.  The fair value of the interest rate hedge agreement was recorded in other comprehensive income and will be reclassified to earnings when earnings are impacted by the hedged items, as interest payments are made on the Credit Facility from August 31, 2018 to August 31, 2023. See additional details of the hedge agreement in Note 11 - Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.

(3)

The Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 was 23.6%, 25.9%, and 15.0%, respectively.

(4)

The Company has adjusted the balance of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at December 31, 2017 after the adoption of ASU 2018-02.  

(5)

The fair value of the interest rate hedge agreements is included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.

NOTE 14 - RESTRICTED CASH

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2019 and 2018 to the total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

Beginning

 

 

Ending

 

 

Beginning

 

 

Ending

 

 

Beginning

 

 

Ending

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

11,694

 

 

$

6,482

 

 

$

11,809

 

 

$

11,694

 

 

$

6,042

 

 

$

11,809

 

Restricted cash - current (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,191

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,191

 

Restricted cash - non-current

 

 

1,292

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,266

 

 

 

1,292

 

 

 

1,843

 

 

 

1,266

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash shown in the consolidated statement of cash flows

 

$

12,986

 

 

$

6,482

 

 

$

24,266

 

 

$

12,986

 

 

$

7,885

 

 

$

24,266

 

 

(1)

Restricted cash – current for the year ended December 31, 2017 represents amounts held in an escrow account for the acquisition of The Future Customer (“TFC”).  

NOTE 15 - ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Stock Incentive Plans

On April 4, 2018, the Company’s board of directors approved the 2018 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2018 Omnibus Plan”), which was subsequently approved by the stockholders and became effective on May 31, 2018 (the “Effective Date”).  The 2018 Omnibus Plan replaced the previous 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Prior Plan”).

The 2018 Omnibus Plan allows the Company to grant 1,185,000 shares using stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, RSUs, performance units and PSAs, cash-based awards, and other stock-based awards to all key officers, key employees, and non-employee directors of the Company.  Outstanding grants under the Prior Plan, totaling 322,576, remain subject to their terms and conditions, and no additional awards from the Prior Plan are to be made after the Effective Date.  As of December 31, 2019, the Company had approximately 886,045 shares available to grant under the 2018 Omnibus Plan. CSRSUs have no impact on the shares available for grant under the 2018 Omnibus Plan and have no impact on the calculated shares used in earnings per share (“EPS”) calculations.

The total stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, the unrecognized compensation expense at December 31, 2019, and the weighted-average period to recognize the remaining unrecognized shares are as follows:

 

 

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

 

 

 

Recognized

as of December 31,

 

 

Unrecognized

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

Weighted-Average Period to Recognize (years)

 

Stock Options

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

164

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

 

10,644

 

 

 

7,410

 

 

 

7,080

 

 

 

15,345

 

 

 

1.6

 

Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Units

 

 

10,213

 

 

 

8,214

 

 

 

7,253

 

 

 

10,400

 

 

 

1.7

 

Non-Employee Director Awards

 

 

719

 

 

 

764

 

 

 

671

 

 

 

328

 

 

 

0.4

 

Performance Shares

 

 

4,455

 

 

 

3,193

 

 

 

2,376

 

 

 

4,200

 

 

 

1.5

 

Total

 

$

26,031

 

 

$

19,581

 

 

$

17,544

 

 

$

30,273

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-25


The assumptions of employment termination forfeiture rates used in the determination of fair value of stock awards during the 2019 calendar year were based on the Company’s historical average of actual forfeitures from the previous 10 years preceding the reporting period. The expected annualized forfeiture rates used during the 2019 calendar year varied from 0% to 15.2%, and the Company does not expect these termination rates to vary significantly in the future.

Stock Options

Option awards are granted with an exercise price equal to the market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. All options outstanding as of December 31, 2019 have a 10-year contractual term. Options generally have a vesting term of three or four years. There were no option awards granted during 2019, 2018, and 2017.

The following table summarizes the changes in outstanding stock options:

 

 

 

Number of

Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise Price

 

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2017

 

 

587,407

 

 

$

29.56

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(175,909

)

 

$

26.84

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited/Expired

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2017

 

 

411,498

 

 

$

30.71

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(209,688

)

 

$

27.86

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited/Expired

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

 

 

201,810

 

 

$

33.68

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(93,682

)

 

$

31.21

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited/Expired

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

 

 

108,128

 

 

$

35.82

 

 

$

6,033,654

 

Vested plus expected to vest at December 31, 2019

 

 

108,128

 

 

$

35.82

 

 

$

6,033,654

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2019

 

 

108,128

 

 

$

35.82

 

 

$

6,033,654

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table is based on the Company’s closing stock price of $91.62 as of December 31, 2019. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $4.9 million, $8.3 million, and $4.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. All options vested as of December 31, 2017. The fair value of options vested was $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2019, the weighted-average remaining contractual term for options vested was 3.8 years and for exercisable options was 3.8 years.

Information regarding stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2019 is summarized below:

 

 

 

OPTIONS OUTSTANDING

 

 

OPTIONS EXERCISABLE

 

Range of

Exercise Prices

 

Number

Outstanding

As of

December 31, 2019

 

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

 

Number

Exercisable

As of

December 31, 2019

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

$21.77 to $25.00

 

 

1,915

 

 

 

1.3

 

 

$

21.77

 

 

 

1,915

 

 

$

21.77

 

$25.01 to $27.00

 

 

6,332

 

 

 

2.2

 

 

$

25.66

 

 

 

6,332

 

 

$

25.66

 

$27.01 to $40.00

 

 

28,886

 

 

 

3.2

 

 

$

27.03

 

 

 

28,886

 

 

$

27.03

 

$40.01 to $41.00

 

 

70,995

 

 

 

4.2

 

 

$

40.88

 

 

 

70,995

 

 

$

40.68

 

$21.77 to $41.00

 

 

108,128

 

 

 

3.8

 

 

$

35.82

 

 

 

108,128

 

 

$

35.82

 

 

Restricted Stock Units

RSUs generally have a vesting term of three to four years. On vesting the employee is issued one share of stock for each RSU awarded. The fair value of shares vested was $7.2 million, $6.5 million, and $6.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

F-26


A summary of the Company’s RSUs is presented below. 

 

 

 

Number of

Shares

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

 

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

 

Non-vested RSUs at January 1, 2017

 

 

507,998

 

 

$

36.12

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

194,227

 

 

$

41.41

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

(179,974

)

 

$

35.19

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(58,664

)

 

$

36.04

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested RSUs at December 31, 2017

 

 

463,587

 

 

$

38.71

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

235,480

 

 

$

65.37

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

(169,279

)

 

$

38.66

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(55,548

)

 

$

47.50

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested RSUs at December 31, 2018

 

 

474,240

 

 

$

50.93

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

159,831

 

 

$

77.74

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

(164,913

)

 

$

43.82

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(19,183

)

 

$

56.18

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested RSUs at December 31, 2019

 

 

449,975

 

 

$

62.48

 

 

$

41,226,710

 

RSUs expected to vest in the future

 

 

419,706

 

 

$

61.77

 

 

$

38,453,464

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table is based on the Company’s closing stock price of $91.62 per share as of December 31, 2019.

Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Units

CSRSUs generally have a vesting term of three to four years. A summary of the Company’s CSRSUs is presented below.

 

 

 

Number of

Shares

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Grant Date

Fair

Value

 

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

 

Non-vested CSRSUs at January 1, 2017

 

 

463,022

 

 

$

35.96

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

174,419

 

 

$

42.06

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

(161,576

)

 

$

40.78

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(83,949

)

 

$

36.43

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested CSRSUs at December 31, 2017

 

 

391,916

 

 

$

38.80

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

147,103

 

 

$

60.84

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

(147,759

)

 

$

38.71

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(53,854

)

 

$

43.07

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested CSRSUs at December 31, 2018

 

 

337,406

 

 

$

47.73

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

103,606

 

 

$

77.03

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

(123,395

)

 

$

44.61

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(21,496

)

 

$

53.92

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested CSRSUs at December 31, 2019

 

 

296,121

 

 

$

58.83

 

 

$

27,130,606

 

CSRSUs expected to vest in the future

 

 

276,247

 

 

$

57.98

 

 

$

25,309,750

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table is based on the Company’s closing stock price of $91.62 per share as of December 31, 2019. The fair value of CSRSUs vested and settled in cash for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 was $7.2 million, $7.7 million and $6.9 million, respectively.

F-27


Non-Employee Director Awards

In the first six months of 2018 and for the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company granted awards of unregistered shares to its non-employee directors on a quarterly basis under its Annual Equity Election. The awards were issued from the Company’s treasury stock and had no impact on the shares available for grant under the 2018 Omnibus Plan or the Prior Plan.

A summary of the Company’s non-employee director awards of unregistered shares granted by fiscal year is presented below.

 

For the Year ended December 31,

 

Number of

shares

Granted

 

 

Weighted-

Average Grant

Date Fair Value

 

2017

 

 

13,861

 

 

$

48.41

 

2018

 

 

7,985

 

 

$

60.36

 

 

Beginning on July 2, 2018, the Company granted awards of registered shares to its non-employee directors on an annual basis under the Omnibus Plan.  A summary of the non-employee director awards is presented below:

 

 

 

Number of

Shares

 

 

Weighted-

Average Grant

Date Fair

Value

 

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

 

Non-vested RSUs at January 1, 2018

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

11,606

 

 

$

72.35

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

(5,395

)

 

$

72.35

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(1,243

)

 

$

72.35

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested RSUs at December 31, 2018

 

 

4,968

 

 

$

72.35

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

9,732

 

 

$

73.94

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

(9,840

)

 

$

73.14

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested RSUs at December 31, 2019

 

 

4,860

 

 

$

73.94

 

 

$

445,273

 

RSUs expected to vest in the future

 

 

4,860

 

 

$

73.94

 

 

$

445,273

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table is based on the Company’s closing stock price of $91.62 per share as of December 31, 2019.

 

Performance Share Awards

In 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a performance-based share program (the “Program”) that provides for the issuance of PSAs to its senior management. Under the Program, the number of PSAs that the participant will receive depends on the Company’s achievement of two performance goals during two performance periods. The performance goals under the Program are based on (i) the Company’s compounded annual growth rate in EPS during a two-year performance period and (ii) the Company’s cumulative total shareholder return (“rTSR”) relative to its peer group during a performance period from the first day of the performance period (typically January 1 of the year awarded) to the last day of the third year of the performance period (typically December 31). The PSAs will only be eligible to vest following the expiration of the three-year performance period. Actual shares vested will be subject to both continued employment by the Company (barring certain exceptions allowing for partial performance periods) and actual financial measures achieved. The actual number of shares of common stock that will be issued to each participant at the end of the applicable performance period will be determined by multiplying the award by the product of two percentages, one based on the Company’s EPS performance and a second one based on the Company’s rTSR performance, subject to a minimum and maximum performance level. As of December 31, 2019, shares granted during 2017, 2018, and 2019 are within year three, two, and one of the performance period, respectively, and therefore have not vested.  A total of 107,000 shares granted in 2016 vested during 2019 after meeting the performance goals, and a total of 88,038 shares (adjusted for partial performance periods) granted in 2017 is expected to vest in 2020.

F-28


A summary of the Company’s PSAs is presented below.

 

 

 

Number of

Shares

 

 

Weighted-

Average Grant

Date Fair

Value

 

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

 

Non-vested PSAs at January 1, 2017

 

 

129,974

 

 

$

40.57

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

60,929

 

 

$

38.81

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(3,881

)

 

$

42.83

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested PSAs at December 31, 2017

 

 

187,022

 

 

$

39.95

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

45,136

 

 

$

65.05

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

(30,576

)

 

$

44.21

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(32,096

)

 

$

43.72

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested PSAs at December 31, 2018

 

 

169,486

 

 

$

45.15

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

85,928

 

 

$

62.07

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

(107,000

)

 

$

37.21

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Non-vested PSAs at December 31, 2019

 

 

148,414

 

 

$

60.67

 

 

$

13,597,691

 

PSAs expected to vest in the future

 

 

89,525

 

 

$

73.83

 

 

$

8,202,281

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table is based on the Company’s closing stock price of $91.62 per share as of December 31, 2019.  The fair value of the awards is estimated on the grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation model due to the market condition for the rTSR component. The fair value assumptions using the Monte Carlo simulation model for awards granted in 2019, 2018, and 2017 were:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Dividend Yield

 

 

0.7

%

 

 

0.9

%

 

 

0.0

%

Historical Volatility

 

 

29.3

%

 

 

31.9

%

 

 

31.3

%

Risk-Free Rate of Returns

 

 

2.4

%

 

 

2.4

%

 

 

1.5

%

 

NOTE 16 – BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

In January 2018, the Company acquired TFC, a leading boutique loyalty strategy and marketing company based in London, U.K.  The acquisition of TFC enhanced and extended the Company’s customer loyalty business to Europe.

In August 2018, the Company acquired DMS Disaster Consultants (“DMS”), a disaster management and recovery firm based in Florida to broaden its capabilities in support of assisting communities, businesses and individuals recover from man-made and nature disasters.  DMS assists public sector clients with man-made and natural disaster planning and preparedness, and post-disaster response and recovery efforts by assisting clients in obtaining funding from Federal Emergency Management Agency, insurance companies, and other sources.

In October 2018, the Company acquired We Are Vista (“Vista”), a communication company headquartered in Leeds, U.K., with an additional presence in London.  Vista provides advisory services and solutions to clients in the financial, retail, automobile, and energy industries and broadens the Company’s capabilities in the region.

Separately or in the aggregate, the acquisitions were not significant to the Company’s financial statements taken as a whole.  

NOTE 17 - EARNINGS PER SHARE

EPS is computed by dividing reported net income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding. Diluted EPS considers the potential dilution that could occur if common stock equivalents of stock options, RSUs, and PSAs were exercised or converted into stock. PSAs are included in the computation of diluted shares only to the extent that the underlying performance conditions (i) are satisfied as of the end of the reporting period or (ii) would be considered satisfied if the end of the reporting period were the end of the related performance period and the result would be dilutive under the treasury stock method. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, there were 2,822 weighted-average shares, 20,291 weighted-average shares, and 142 weighted-average shares, respectively, excluded from the calculation of EPS because they were anti-dilutive.  

F-29


The dilutive effect of stock options, RSUs, and performance shares for each period reported is summarized below:

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Basic weighted-average shares outstanding

 

 

18,816

 

 

 

18,797

 

 

 

18,766

 

Effect of potential exercise of stock options, RSUs, and PSAs

 

 

408

 

 

 

538

 

 

 

478

 

Diluted weighted-average shares outstanding

 

 

19,224

 

 

 

19,335

 

 

 

19,244

 

 

NOTE 18 - SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM

In the third quarter of 2015, the Company’s board of directors approved a share repurchase plan that allowed for share repurchases through November 2017 and authorized share repurchases in the aggregate up to $75.0 million, not to exceed limits under the Credit Facility.  As part of the Company’s modification of the Credit Facility, the prior Credit Facility limits on share repurchases were eliminated to permit unlimited share repurchases, provided the Company’s Leverage Ratio, prior to and after giving effect to such repurchases, is not greater than 3.25 to 1.00.  During September 2017, the board of directors approved a new repurchase program and repurchase plan effective November 4, 2017 with an open-end period and a limit of $100.0 million. The limitation under the Credit Facility remains unchanged.

Purchases under this program may be made from time to time at prevailing market prices in open market purchases or in privately negotiated transactions pursuant to Rules 10b5-1 and 10b-18 under the Exchange Act and in accordance with applicable insider trading and other securities laws and regulations. The purchases are funded from existing cash balances and/or borrowings, and the repurchased shares are held in treasury and used for general corporate purposes. The timing and extent to which the Company repurchases its shares will depend on market conditions and other corporate considerations at the Company’s sole discretion.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company repurchased 248,000 shares at a total cost of $18.1 million under this program. As of December 31, 2019, approximately $68.0 million remained available under the share repurchase plan.

NOTE 19 - FAIR VALUE

The Company measures and reports certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC 820”), Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”). Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Generally, fair value is based on observable quoted market prices or derived from observable market data when such market prices or data are available. ASC 820 establishes a three-level hierarchy used to estimate fair value by which each level is categorized based on the priority of the inputs used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices that are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

Level 2: Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (e.g. interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals, and implied volatilities); and inputs derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means; and

 

Level 3: Uses inputs that are unobservable and require the Company to make certain assumptions and require significant estimation and judgment from management to use in pricing the fair value of the assets and liabilities.

Certain financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, contract receivables, and accounts payable are carried at cost, which, due to their short maturities, approximates their fair values at December 31, 2019 and 2018. The carrying value of other long-term liabilities related to capital expenditure obligations approximates their fair value at December 31, 2019 and 2018 based on the current rates offered to the Company for similar instruments with comparable maturities (Level 2). The Company believes the carrying value of its Credit Facility at December 31, 2019 and 2018 approximates the estimated fair value for debt with similar terms, interest rates, and remaining maturities currently available to companies with similar credit ratings (Level 2).

The Company applies the provisions of ASC 820 to its assets and liabilities that are required to be measured at fair value pursuant to other accounting standards, including assets and liabilities resulting from the Company’s nonqualified deferred compensation plan, interest rate swap agreement (see Note 11 – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities), and foreign currency forward contract agreements not eligible for hedge accounting.

F-30


Financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis and their location within the accompanying consolidated financial statements are as follows:

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

(in thousands)

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

 

Location on Balance Sheet

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward contract agreements

$

 

 

$

733

 

 

$

 

 

$

733

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other

Deferred compensation investments in cash surrender life insurance

 

 

 

 

15,020

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,020

 

 

Other assets

Total

$

 

 

$

15,753

 

 

$

 

 

$

15,753

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred compensation plan liabilities

$

 

 

$

14,855

 

 

$

 

 

$

14,855

 

 

Long-term Liabilities: Other

Interest rate swaps

 

 

 

 

3,811

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,811

 

 

Long-term Liabilities: Other

Total

$

 

 

$

18,666

 

 

$

 

 

$

18,666

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

 

(in thousands)

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

 

Location on Balance Sheet

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred compensation investments in cash surrender life insurance

$

 

 

$

12,816

 

 

$

 

 

$

12,816

 

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred compensation plan liabilities

$

 

 

$

12,703

 

 

$

 

 

$

12,703

 

 

Long-term Liabilities: Other

Interest rate swaps

 

 

 

 

782

 

 

 

 

 

 

782

 

 

Long-term Liabilities: Other

Contingent liability related to acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,750

 

 

 

1,750

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Total

$

 

 

$

13,485

 

 

$

1,750

 

 

$

15,235

 

 

 

 

NOTE 20 - CONTINGENCIES

Litigation and Claims

The Company is involved in various legal matters and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. While these matters and proceedings cause it to incur costs, including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees, the Company currently believes that any ultimate liability arising out of these matters and proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Road Home Contract

On June 10, 2016, the Office of Community Development (the “OCD”) of the State of Louisiana filed a written administrative demand with the Louisiana Commissioner of Administration against ICF Emergency Management Services, L.L.C. (“ICF Emergency”), a subsidiary of the Company, in connection with ICF Emergency’s administration of the Road Home Program (the “Program”).  The Program contract was a three-year, $912 million contract awarded to the Company in 2006 and that ended, as scheduled, in 2009. 

The Program was primarily intended to help homeowners and landlords of small rental properties affected by Hurricanes Rita and Katrina. In its administrative demand, the OCD sought approximately $200.8 million in alleged overpayments to Program grant recipients.  The State separately supplemented the amount of recovery it is seeking to total approximately $220.2 million. The State of Louisiana, through the Division of Administration, also filed suit in Louisiana state court on June 10, 2016 broadly alleging, and seeking recoupment for, the same claim made in the administrative proceeding submission before the Louisiana Commissioner of Administration. On September 21, 2016, the Commissioner of the Division of Administration notified OCD and the Company of his decision to defer jurisdiction of the administrative demand filed by the OCD.  In so doing, the Commissioner declined to reach a decision on the merits, stated that his deferral would not be deemed to grant or deny any portion of the OCD’s claim, and authorized the parties to proceed on the matter in the previously filed judicial proceeding.  The Company continues to believe that this claim has no merit, intends to vigorously defend its position, and has therefore not recorded a liability as of December 31, 2019.

 

F-31


NOTE 21 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Retirement Savings Plan

Effective June 30, 1999, the Company established the ICF Consulting Group Retirement Savings Plan (the “Retirement Savings Plan”). The Retirement Savings Plan is a defined contribution profit sharing plan with a cash or deferred arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Participants in the Retirement Savings Plan are able to elect to defer up to 70% of their compensation, subject to statutory limitations, and are entitled to receive 100% employer matching contributions for the first 3% and 50% for the next 2% of their compensation. Contribution expense related to the Retirement Savings Plan for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 was approximately $17.3 million, $16.2 million, and $15.1 million, respectively.

Deferred Compensation Plan

Certain key employees of the Company are eligible to defer a specified percentage of their cash compensation by having it contributed to a nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Eligible employees may elect to defer up to 80% of their base salary and up to 100% of performance bonuses, reduced by any amounts withheld for the payment of taxes or other deductions required by law. Participants are at all times 100% vested in their account balances. The Company funds its deferred compensation liabilities by making cash contributions to a Rabbi Trust at the time the salary or bonus being deferred would otherwise be payable to the employee. The liability to plan participants is materially funded at all times and the plan does not have a material net impact on the Company’s results of operations.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company has a 2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) under which one million shares have been authorized for issuance. The ESPP allows eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock through payroll deductions up to $25,000 per calendar year over six-month offering periods at a discount not to exceed 5% of the market value on the date of each purchase period. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, employees purchased a total of 23,636 and 22,320 shares at an average purchase price of $78.05 and $63.92, respectively.  At December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were 678,870 and 702,506 shares remaining available for future issuance. The Company does not recognize compensation expense related to the ESPP.

 

NOTE 22 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Acquisition

On January 13, 2020, the Company, by and through its wholly-owned subsidiary, ICF Incorporated, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, (“ICF Incorporated”), entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) by and among ICF Incorporated, L.L.C., Incentive Technology Group, LLC, a Virginia limited liability company (“ITG”), Project Lucky Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and parent company of ITG (“Lucky”), and Shadi Michelle Branch and Adam Branch (“Equity Holders”). By the terms of the Purchase Agreement, which contains customary representations and warranties, ICF Incorporated will acquire 100% of the membership interests in ITG (the “Acquisition”), which will become a wholly owned subsidiary of ICF Incorporated and an indirect subsidiary of the Company. The Company will pay a base purchase price of $255.0 million (the “Purchase Price”) in cash payable to Lucky, which will distribute the proceeds to the Equity Holders (subject to adjustment as provided in the Purchase Agreement). The Company borrowed on the Credit Facility to provide the initial financing.

At the closing of the Acquisition, on January 31, 2020, the Company (i) held back $2.0 million of the Purchase Price for any applicable post-closing and working capital adjustments to the Purchase Price; and (ii) placed $0.9 million of the Purchase Price into an escrow account for potential indemnification claims relating to breaches of representations, warranties or covenants.

On February 20, 2020, the Company entered into a floating-to-fixed interest rate swap agreement (the “Swap”) for a notional amount of $100.0 million in order to hedge a portion of the Company’s floating rate Credit Facility (which is discussed in Note 11 – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.) Similar to the previous swap agreements that the Company has entered into, this Swap is intended to mitigate the risk of rising interest rates. The Swaps provide a fixed rate of 1.294% per annum on the notional amount. The cash flows from the Swap began February 28, 2020 and end on February 28, 2025.

Dividend

On February 27, 2020, the Company’s board of directors approved a $0.14 per share cash dividend. The dividend will be paid on April 13, 2020 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on March 27, 2020.

F-32


NOTE 23 - SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

5,284

 

 

$

3,853

 

 

$

2,591

 

Bad debt expense

 

 

624

 

 

 

2,480

 

 

 

1,480

 

Write-offs, net of recoveries

 

 

(2,403

)

 

 

(1,027

)

 

 

(219

)

Effect of foreign currency translation

 

 

1

 

 

 

(22

)

 

 

1

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

3,506

 

 

$

5,284

 

 

$

3,853

 

 

Income Tax Valuation Allowance

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

5,112

 

 

$

1,636

 

 

$

1,131

 

Provision for income taxes - valuation allowance

 

 

262

 

 

 

3,476

 

 

 

505

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

5,374

 

 

$

5,112

 

 

$

1,636

 

 

NOTE 24 - SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

1Q

 

 

2Q

 

 

3Q

 

 

4Q

 

 

1Q

 

 

2Q

 

 

3Q

 

 

4Q

 

Revenue

 

$

341,254

 

 

$

366,717

 

 

$

373,918

 

 

$

396,636

 

 

$

302,780

 

 

$

324,315

 

 

$

332,968

 

 

$

377,910

 

Operating income

 

$

21,889

 

 

$

22,542

 

 

$

28,664

 

 

$

28,298

 

 

$

17,582

 

 

$

21,025

 

 

$

24,222

 

 

$

29,443

 

Net income

 

$

15,318

 

 

$

14,611

 

 

$

19,630

 

 

$

19,379

 

 

$

12,417

 

 

$

13,617

 

 

$

16,671

 

 

$

18,695

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.81

 

 

$

0.78

 

 

$

1.04

 

 

$

1.03

 

 

$

0.67

 

 

$

0.72

 

 

$

0.88

 

 

$

0.99

 

Diluted

 

$

0.80

 

 

$

0.76

 

 

$

1.02

 

 

$

1.01

 

 

$

0.65

 

 

$

0.71

 

 

$

0.86

 

 

$

0.97

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

18,825

 

 

 

18,805

 

 

 

18,799

 

 

 

18,834

 

 

 

18,670

 

 

 

18,806

 

 

 

18,873

 

 

 

18,838

 

Diluted

 

 

19,263

 

 

 

19,133

 

 

 

19,169

 

 

 

19,234

 

 

 

19,158

 

 

 

19,209

 

 

 

19,306

 

 

 

19,333

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared per common share

 

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.14

 

 

F-33

icfi-ex43_115.htm

Exhibit 4.3

DESCRIPTION OF THE REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES

REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

As of February 27, 2020, ICF International, Inc. has one class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”): (1) our Common Stock.

Description of Common Stock

The following description of our Common Stock is a summary and does not purport to be complete. It is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles of Incorporation”) and our Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”), each of which are incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of which this Exhibit 4.1 is a part. We encourage you to read our Articles of Incorporation, our Bylaws and the applicable provisions of Delaware General Corporation Law, for additional information.

Authorized Capital Shares

The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is seventy-five million (75,000,000), seventy million (70,000,000) of which shall be shares of Common Stock with a par value of $0.001 per share and five million (5,000,000) of which shall be shares of Preferred Stock with a par value of $0.001 per share.

Voting Rights

Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters voted on by the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our Common Stock does not have cumulative voting rights.

Dividend Rights

Subject to the rights of holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, if any, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors in its discretion out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends.

Liquidation Rights

Subject to any preferential rights of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock will share ratably in all assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders in the event of dissolution.

Other Rights and Preferences

Our Common Stock has no sinking fund or redemption provisions or preemptive, conversion or exchange rights. Holders of Common Stock may act by unanimous written consent.

Listing

The Common Stock is traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC under the trading symbol “ICFI.”

icfi-ex210_7.htm

Exhibit 21.0

SUBSIDIARIES OF

ICF INTERNATIONAL, INC. 

NAME

 

JURISDICTION OF

INCORPORATION/

ORGANIZATION

ICF Consulting Group, Inc.

 

Delaware

ICF Consulting Pty. Ltd.

 

Australia

ICF Consultoria do Brasilia, Ltda.

 

Brazil

ICF Consulting Canada, Inc.

 

Canada

ICF Emergency Management Services, L.L.C.

 

Delaware

ICF Incorporated, L.L.C.

 

Delaware

(d/b/a ICF (Delaware), L.L.C. in Arizona)

 

 

(d/b/a ICF Consulting, L.L.C. in California)

 

 

(d/b/a ICF Incorporated, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company in Colorado)

 

 

(d/b/a ICF, L.L.C. in Illinois)

 

 

(d/b/a ICF Group, L.L.C. in Kentucky)

 

 

(d/b/a ICF Incorporated, L.L.C. of Louisiana in Louisiana)

 

 

(d/b/a ICF in Massachusetts)

 

 

(d/b/a ICF, L.L.C. in Michigan)

 

 

(d/b/a ICF Minnesota, L.L.C. in Minnesota)

 

 

(d/b/a ICF Consulting, LLC in Mississippi)

 

 

(d/b/a ICF (Delaware), L.L.C. in Missouri)

 

 

(d/b/a ICF New Mexico, L.L.C in New Mexico)

 

 

(d/b/a ICF Delaware in New York)

 

 

(d/b/a ICF, LLC in North Dakota)

 

 

(d/b/a ICF Ohio, L.L.C. in Ohio)

 

 

(d/b/a ICF PA, L.L.C. in Pennsylvania)

 

 

(d/b/a ICF, L.L.C. in Texas)

 

 

(d/b/a ICF, L.L.C. in Virginia)

 

 

(d/b/a ICF, LLC in Washington)

 

 

(d/b/a ICF, L.L.C. in West Virginia)

 

 

(dba ICF Incorporated, LLC in Afghanistan)

 

 

ICF Resources, L.L.C.

 

Delaware

ICF Consulting India Private, Limited.

 

India

ICF Consulting Limited

 

U.K.

ICF Z-Tech, Inc.

 

Maryland

ICF SH&E, Inc.

 

Delaware

ICF SH&E Limited

 

U.K.

(d/b/a ICF SH&E Ltd. (Singapore Branch) in Singapore)

 

 

ICF Jones & Stokes, Inc.

 

Delaware

ICF International Consulting (Beijing) Company, Ltd.

 

China

ICF Macro, Inc.

 

Delaware

(dba ICF Macro, Inc. in Ghana)

 

Ghana

(dba ICF Macro, Inc. in Kenya)

 

Kenya

(d/b/a ICF Macro Inc. in Madagascar)

 

Madagascar

(d/b/a ICF Macro Inc. in South Africa)

 

South Africa

(dba ICF Macro, Inc. in Thailand)

 

Thailand

GHK Holdings Limited

 

U.K.

ICF Consulting Services, Limited. (f/k/a GHK Consulting Limited.)

 

U.K.

(d/b/a GHK Consulting Limited, Philippine Branch in the Philippines)

 

 

ICF Consulting Services Hong Kong Limited. (f/k/a GHK Hong Kong) Limited.

 

Hong Kong

ICF Consulting Services, India Private, Ltd. (f/k/a GHK Development Consultants India Private, Limited.)

 

India

GHK International Ltd.

 

U.K

Olson + Co., Inc.

 

Minnesota

(d/b/a Olson in California)

 

 

Bonfire Partners, L.L.C.

 

Minnesota

Olson Canada, Inc.

 

Ontario, Canada

ICF, SA (f/k/a/ Full Angle Communications, SA)

 

Belgium

Mostra, SA

 

Belgium

ICF Africa, SARL

 

Mali

(d/b/a ICF Africa SARL in Democratic Republic of the Congo)

 

 

David M Shapiro Disaster Planning and Recovery Consultants, Inc.

 

Florida

Logistik Holdings Limited

 

U.K.

We are Vista Limited

 

U.K.

The Future Customer Limited

 

U.K.

 

icfi-ex231_11.htm

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

We have issued our reports dated February 28, 2020, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting included in the Annual Report of ICF International, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019. We consent to the incorporation by reference of said reports in the Registration Statements of ICF International, Inc. on Form S-3 (File No. 333-161896) and on Forms S-8 (File No. 333-225786, File No. 333-206048, File No. 333-190334, File No. 333-168608, File No. 333-165474, File No. 333-159053, File No. 333-150932, File No. 333-142265, and File No. 333-137975).

 

 

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

 

Arlington, Virginia

February 28, 2020

 

icfi-ex311_6.htm

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION BY PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, John Wasson, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of ICF International, Inc. (the “Registrant”);

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

 

(a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)

evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Dated this 28th day of February, 2020.

 

By:

 

/s/    JOHN WASSON

 

 

John Wasson

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

icfi-ex312_9.htm

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION BY PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, James Morgan, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of ICF International, Inc. (the “Registrant”);

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

 

(a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)

evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Dated this 28th day of February, 2020.

 

By:

 

/s/   JAMES MORGAN

 

 

James Morgan

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

icfi-ex321_10.htm

Exhibit 32.1

Certification of Principal Executive Officer

Pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 1350)

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 (the “Report”) of ICF International, Inc. (the “Registrant”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, I, Sudhakar Kesavan, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant, hereby certify that:

 

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

 

Date: February 28, 2020

 

By:

 

/s/    JOHN WASSON

 

 

 

 

John Wasson

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

icfi-ex322_8.htm

Exhibit 32.2

Certification of Principal Financial Officer

Pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 1350)

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 (the “Report”) of ICF International, Inc. (the “Registrant”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, I, James Morgan, Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, hereby certify that:

 

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.

 

Date: February 28, 2020

 

By:

 

/s/    JAMES MORGAN

 

 

 

 

James Morgan

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)